Avyakt murli for Thursday 28 March 2002

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>128-03-2002 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन28-03-2002 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban28-03-2002 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x28-03-2002 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 28-03-2002 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2इस वर्ष को निर्माण , निर्मल वर्ष और व्यर्थ से मुक्त होने का मुक्ति वर्ष मनाओis varṣh kō nirmāṇ , nirmal varṣh aur vyarth sē mukt hōnē kā mukti varṣh manāōyah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nirmal[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]this year to creation , x year and wasteful from free be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of liberation year celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]

1Celebrate this year as the year to become humble, pure and clean and the year of freedom from waste, the year of freedom.

3आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के बच्चों के मस्तक में चमकती हुई तीन लकीरें देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K mastak mē̃ chamaktī huī tīn lakīrē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tīn[adj.] lakīr[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) child (of|K) forehead in x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] x line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

2Today, BapDada is seeing three sparkling lines on the forehead of his children in all four directions.

4एक लकीर है प्रभु पालना की , दूसरी लकीर है श्रेष्ठ पढ़ाई की और तीसरी लकीर है श्रेष्ठ मत की . ēk lakīr hai prabhu pālnā kī|key , dūsrī lakīr hai śhrēṣhṭh paṛhāī kī aur tīsrī lakīr hai śhrēṣhṭh mat kī|key . ēk[adj.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] prabhu pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] paṛhānā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . one line be[pres.sg.23] God (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , other line be[pres.sg.23] elevated teach[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] and third line be[pres.sg.23] elevated directions (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .

3One line is of God’s sustenance, the second line is of the elevated study and the third line is of elevated directions.

5तीनों ही लकीर चमक रही हैं . tīnō̃ hī lakīr chamak rahī haĩ . tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . all three only line x[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .

4All three lines are sparkling.

6यह तीनों लकीर सर्व के भाग्य की लकीरे हैं . yah tīnō̃ lakīr sarv kē|K bhāgya kī|key lakīrē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key lakīr[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this all three line all (of|K) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) line be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

5These three lines are the lines of everyone’s fortune.

7आप सभी भी अपनी तीनों लकीरें देख रहे हो ना  ! āp sabhī bhī apnī tīnō̃ lakīrē̃ dēkh rahē hō nā  ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tīnō̃[adj.] lakīr[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā  ! you all too one’s own all three line see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅  !

6All of you are also seeing all your three lines, are you not?

8प्रभु पालना का भाग्य सिवाए आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं के और किसी को भी प्राप्त नहीं होता है . prabhu pālnā kā bhāgya sivāē āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kē|K aur kisī kō bhī prāpt nahī̃ hōtā hai . prabhu pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sivāē āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] prāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . God (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of x except you Brahmin soul (of|K) and (some|anything) to too reached not be[pres.sg.m.23] .

7The fortune of God’s sustenance is not received by anyone other than you Brahmin souls.

9परमात्म पालना जिस पालना से कितने श्रेष्ठ पूज्यनीय बन जाते हो . paramātma pālnā jis pālnā sē kitnē śhrēṣhṭh pūjyanīy ban jātē hō . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.o.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) that (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) from so elevated worthy of worship become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

8This is the Godly sustenance through which you become such elevated worship­worthy ones.

10कभी स्वप्न में भी ऐसा सोचा था कि मुझ आत्मा को परमात्म पढ़ाई का अधिकार प्राप्त होना है . kabhī svapn mē̃ bhī aisā sōchā thā ki mujh ātmā kō paramātma paṛhāī kā adhikār prāpt hōnā hai . kabhī[adv.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . ever dream in too such think[past-perf.m.sg.] that I soul to Supreme Soul (study|teach[past-part.f.]) of right reached be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

9Did you ever think, even in your dreams, that I, the soul, would have a right to such a Godly study?

11लेकिन अभी साकार में अनुभव कर रहे हो . lēkin abhī sākār mē̃ anubhav kar rahē hō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . but now sakar in experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

10However, you are now experiencing this in the corporeal form.

12स्वयं सतगुरू अमृतवेले से रात तक हर कर्म की श्रेष्ठ मत दे कर्म बन्धन के परिवर्तन में , कर्म सम्बन्ध में आने की श्रीमत देने के निमित्त बनायेंगे - यह भी स्वप्न में नहीं था . svayã satgurū amr̥itvēlē sē rāt tak har|her karma kī|key śhrēṣhṭh mat dē karma bandhan kē|K parivartan mē̃ , karma sambandh mē̃ ānē kī|key śhrīmat dēnē kē nimitt banāyēṅgē - yah bhī svapn mē̃ nahī̃ thā . svayã satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] . x Satguru amrit vela from night until (x[root]|x) deed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) elevated directions (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) deed bondage (of|K) transformation in , deed relationship in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) shrimat give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - this too dream in not be[past.m.sg] .

11The Satguru Himself will give you elevated directions for every action, from amrit vela until night time and make you an instrument to transform the bondages of karma into relationships of karma. 12You never even dreamt of this.

13लेकिन अभी अनुभव से कहते हो हमारा हर कर्म श्रीमत पर चल रहा है . lēkin abhī anubhav sē kahtē hō hamārā har|her karma śhrīmat par chal rahā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ham[pn.pl.kā] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . but now experience from say[pres.pl.m.2] we[.kā] (x[root]|x) deed shrimat (at|other) continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

13However, you now say with experience that our every action is on the basis of shrimat.

14ऐसा अनुभव है  ? aisā anubhav hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? such experience be[pres.sg.23]  ?

14Do you experience this?

15ऐसा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य हर बच्चों का बापदादा भी देख-देख हर्षित होते हैं . aisā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya har|her bachchō̃ kā bāpdādā bhī dēkh-dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such elevated x (x[root]|x) child of BapDada too see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

15BapDada too is pleased seeing such elevated fortune of every child.

16वाह मेरे श्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान वाह  ! vāh mērē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgyavān vāh  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] vāh  ! wah! I[.kē] elevated fortunate wah!  !

16Wah My elevated fortunate ones, Wah!

17बच्चे कहते वाह बाबा वाह  ! bachchē kahtē vāh bābā vāh  ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vāh bābā vāh  ! child say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] wah! Baba wah!  ! 18और बाप कहते वाह बच्चे वाह  ! aur bāp kahtē vāh bachchē vāh  ! aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! and father say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] wah! child wah!  !

17Children say, “Wah, Baba wah!” and Baba says, “Wah children, wah!”

19आज अमृतवेले से बच्चों के दो संकल्पों से याद बापदादा के पास पहुँची . āj amr̥itvēlē sē bachchō̃ kē|K dō saṅkalpō̃ sē yād bāpdādā kē pās pahũchī . āj amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.f.] . today amrit vela from child (of|K) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) thought from remembrance BapDada to reach[past-part.f.] .

18Today, from amrit vela, the children’s remembrance with two thoughts reached BapDada.

20एक तो कई बच्चों को अपना एकाउन्ट देने की याद थी . ēk tō kaī bachchō̃ kō apnā account dēnē kī|key yād thī . ēk[adj.] tō kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] account dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] . one then some child to (one’s own|adopt[root]) account give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) remembrance be[past.f] .

19Firstly, many children had remembered to give their accounts.

21दूसरी - बाप के संग के रंग की होली याद थी . dūsrī - bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg kī|key hōlī|holy yād thī . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] - bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] . other - father (of|K) company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (Holi|holy) remembrance be[past.f] . 22तो सभी होली मनाने आये हो ना  ! tō sabhī hōlī|holy manānē āyē hō nā  ! tō sab[adv.hī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā  ! then all (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅  !

20Secondly, there was the remembrance of Holi, to be coloured with the company of the Father.

23ब्राह्मणों की भाषा में मनाना अर्थात् बनना . brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key bhāṣhā mē̃ manānā arthāt bannā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Brahmin (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) language in celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

21All of you have come to celebrate Holi, have you not?

24होली मनाते हैं अर्थात् होली बनते हैं . hōlī|holy manātē haĩ arthāt hōlī|holy bantē haĩ . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] arthāt hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that is (Holi|holy) become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

22In Brahmin language, to celebrate means to become.

25बापदादा देख रहे थे ब्राह्मण बच्चों का होलीएस्ट बनना कितना सर्व से न्यारा और प्यारा है . bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē brāhmaṇ bachchō̃ kā holiest bannā kitnā sarv sē nyārā aur pyārā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] holiest[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] Brahmin child of holiest become[inf.m.sg.d.] so all from unique and loving be[pres.sg.23] .

23You celebrate Holi, which means you become holy. 24BapDada was seeing that for the Brahmin children to become the holiest, is so unique and lovely.

26वैसे द्वापर के आदि की महान आत्मायें और समय प्रति समय आये हुए धर्म पितायें भी पवित्र , होली बने हैं . vaisē dvāpar kē|K ādi kī|key mahān ātmāyē̃ aur samay prati samay āyē huē dharm pitāyē̃ bhī pavitra , hōlī|holy banē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dvāpar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādi[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] , hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x copper age (of|K) etc. (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) great soul and time for time (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] religion father too pure , (Holi|holy) become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

25Actually, the great souls that came at the beginning of the copper age and the fathers of religion that came from time to time also became pure and holy.

27लेकिन आपकी पवित्रता सबसे श्रेष्ठ भी है , न्यारी भी है . lēkin āpkī pavitratā sabsē śhrēṣhṭh bhī hai , nyārī bhī hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kī] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but you[.kī] purity the most elevated too be[pres.sg.23] , unique too be[pres.sg.23] .

26However, your purity is the most elevated and unique.

28कोई भी सारे कल्प में चाहे महात्मा है , चाहे धर्म आत्मा है , धर्म पिता है लेकिन आप की आत्मा भी पवित्र , शरीर भी पवित्र , प्रकृति भी सतोप्रधान पवित्र , ऐसा होलीएस्ट कोई न बना है , न बन सकता है . kōī bhī sārē kalp mē̃ chāhē mahātmā hai , chāhē dharm ātmā hai , dharm pitā hai lēkin āp kī|key ātmā bhī pavitra , śharīr bhī pavitra , prakr̥iti bhī satōpradhān pavitra , aisā holiest kōī na banā hai , na ban saktā hai . kōī bhī[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] , prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] satōpradhān[adj.] pavitr[adj.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] holiest[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] na[neg] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , na[neg] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . anyone the whole cycle in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) great soul be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) religion soul be[pres.sg.23] , religion father be[pres.sg.23] but you (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) soul too pure , body too pure , matter too satopradhan pure , such holiest some not become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , not become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

27No one in the whole cycle, whether a great soul or religious soul or the father of religion… but you souls are pure, the body is pure, the elements are satopradhan and pure. 28Nor has anyone else become the holiest in this way nor can they become this.

29अपना भविष्य स्वरूप सामने लाओ . apnā bhaviṣhya svarūp sāmnē lāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhaviṣhya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) future form x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

29Bring your future form in front of you. 30Did you bring it?

30सबके सामने अपना भविष्य रूप आया  ? sabkē sāmnē apnā bhaviṣhya rūp āyā  ? sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhaviṣhya[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? everyone's x (one’s own|adopt[root]) future Rup come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? 31या पता ही नहीं है कि बनूंगा या नहीं बनूंगा  ! yā patā hī nahī̃ hai ki banūṅgā yā nahī̃ banūṅgā  ! yā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bannā[fut.m.sg.1] yā nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.sg.1]  ! or knowledge only not be[pres.sg.23] that become[fut.m.sg.1] or not become[fut.m.sg.1]  !

31Did the future form come in front of everyone or don't you know whether I will become this or not?

32क्या बनूंगा  ! kyā banūṅgā  ! kyā bannā[fut.m.sg.1]  ! what become[fut.m.sg.1]  !

32What will I become?

33कुछ भी बनेंगे लेकिन होंगे तो पवित्र ना  ! kuchh bhī banē̃gē lēkin hōṅgē tō pavitra nā  ! kuchh bhī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō pavitr[adj.] nā  ! anything become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then pure ∅  !

33Whatever you may become, you will be pure, will you not?

34शरीर भी पवित्र , आत्मा भी पवित्र और प्रकृति भी पवित्र पावन , सुखदाई … निश्चय की कलम से अपना भविष्य चित्र सामने ला सकते हैं . śharīr bhī pavitra , ātmā bhī pavitra aur prakr̥iti bhī pavitra pāvan , sukhdāī … niśhchay kī kalam sē apnā bhaviṣhya chitra sāmnē lā saktē haĩ . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] aur prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] pāvan[adj.] , sukhdāī, sukhdāyak[adj.] … niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] kalam[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhaviṣhya[adj.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . body too pure , soul too pure and matter too pure pure , giving happiness … have the faith x from (one’s own|adopt[root]) future picture x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

34The body will be pure, the soul will be pure and the elements will be pure and give happiness. 35You can bring your future image in front of you through the pen of your faith.

35निश्चय है ना  ! niśhchay hai nā  ! niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! faith be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

36You do have faith, do you not?

36टीचर्स को निश्चय है  ? teachers kō niśhchay hai  ? teacher kō[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? teacher to faith be[pres.sg.23]  ?

37Do the teachers have faith?

37अच्छा एक सेकण्ड में अपना भविष्य चित्र सामने ला सकते हो  ? achchhā ēk second mē̃ apnā bhaviṣhya chitra sāmnē lā saktē hō  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhaviṣhya[adj.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē lānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? achcha one second in (one’s own|adopt[root]) future picture x x[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

38Achcha. 39Are you able to bring your future image in front of you in a second?

38चलो कृष्ण नहीं बनेंगे , लेकिन साथी तो बनेंगे ना  ! chalō kr̥iṣhṇa nahī̃ banē̃gē , lēkin sāthī tō banē̃gē nā  ! chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kr̥iṣhṇa[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lēkin sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Krishna not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , but companion then become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

40OK, you may not become Krishna, but you will become his companions, will you not?

39कितना प्यारा लगता है . kitnā pyārā lagtā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . so loving x[pres.sg.m.23] . 40आार्टिस्ट बनना आता है या नहीं आता है  ? āārṭisṭa bannā ātā hai yā nahī̃ ātā hai  ? x bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? x become[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] or not come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

41It is so lovely! 42Do you know how to become artists, or not? 43Just see it in front of you, that’s all!

41बस सामने देखो . bas sāmnē dēkhō . basnā[root]|bas sāmnē dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|simply) x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 42अभी साधारण हूँ , कल ( ड्रामा का कल , यह कल नहीं जो कल आयेगा ) तो कल यह पवित्र शरीरधारी बनना ही है . abhī sādhāraṇ hū̃ , kal ( drama kā kal , yah kal nahī̃ jō kal āyēgā ) tō kal yah pavitra śharīrdhārī bannā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , kal ( drama kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kal , yah[pn.sg.d.] kal nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.;d.] kal ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ) tō kal yah[pn.sg.d.] pavitr[adj.] śharīrdhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now ordinary be[pres.sg.1] , x ( drama of x , this x not that x come[fut.m.sg.23] ) then x this pure bodily being become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

44Now I am ordinary, tomorrow, (tomorrow of the drama), not tomorrow that is going to come tomorrow, but tomorrow you are definitely going to become those with a pure body.

43पाण्डव क्या समझते हो  ? pāṇḍav kyā samajhtē hō  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? Pandava what understand[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

45What do the Pandavas think?

44पक्का है ना , शक्य तो नहीं है - पता नहीं बनेंगे या नहीं बनेंगे  ? pakkā hai nā , śhakya tō nahī̃ hai - patā nahī̃ banē̃gē yā nahī̃ banē̃gē  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , śhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , x then not be[pres.sg.23] - knowledge not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

46It is certain, is it not? 47You don’t have doubts, do you? 48I don’t know whether I will become this or not?

45शक्य है  ? śhakya hai  ? śhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

49Do you have doubt?

46नहीं है ना  ! nahī̃ hai nā  ! nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! not be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

50You don’t, do you?

47पक्का है . pakkā hai . pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . firm be[pres.sg.23] .

51You are sure.

48जब राजयोगी हैं तो राज्य अधिकारी बनना ही है . jab rājyōgī haĩ tō rājya adhikārī bannā hī hai . jab rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when Raja Yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] then master become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

52Since you are Raja Yogis, you are to become those who have a right to the kingdom.

49बापदादा कई बार याद दिलाते हैं कि बाप आपके लिए सौगात लाये हैं तो सौगात क्या लाये हैं  ? bāpdādā kaī bār yād dilātē haĩ ki bāp āpkē liē saugāt lāyē haĩ tō saugāt kyā lāyē haĩ  ? bāpdādā kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] yād dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē saugāt[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kyā lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? BapDada some time remind that father you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) gift x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then gift what x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

53Many times BapDada reminds you that the Father has brought a gift for you. 54Therefore, which gift has He brought?

50सुनहरी दुनिया , सतोप्रधान दुनिया की सौगात लाये हैं . sunahrī duniyā , satōpradhān duniyā kī|key saugāt lāyē haĩ . sunahrī[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] , satōpradhān[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . golden world , satopradhan world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

55The golden world. 56He has brought the gift of the satopradhan world.

51तो निश्चय है , निश्चय की निशानी है रूहानी नशा . tō niśhchay hai , niśhchay kī niśhānī hai rūhānī naśhā . tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then faith be[pres.sg.23] , have the faith sign be[pres.sg.23] spiritual intoxication .

57You have faith. 58The sign of faith is spiritual intoxication.

52जितना अपने राज्य के समीप आ रहे हो , घर के भी समीप आ रहे हो और अपने राज्य के भी समीप आ रहे हो , तो बार-बार अपने स्वीट होम और अपने स्वीट राज्य की स्मृति स्पष्ट आनी ही चाहिए . jitnā apnē rājya kē|K samīp ā rahē hō , ghar kē|K bhī samīp ā rahē hō aur apnē rājya kē|K bhī samīp ā rahē hō , tō bār-bār apnē sweet home aur apnē sweet rājya kī smr̥iti spaṣhṭ ānī hī chāhiē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , tō bār[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet home[x] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet rājya karnā[past-part.f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] ānā[inf.f.] hī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . the more one’s own kingdom (of|K) close come[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , home (of|K) too close come[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and one’s own kingdom (of|K) too close come[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , then time one’s own sweet home and one’s own sweet x awareness clearly come[inf.f.] only (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

59The closer you come to your kingdom, and the closer you come to the home, the closer you come to your kingdom then again and again there should be the clear awareness of the remembrance of the sweet home and the sweet kingdom. 60This is the sign of coming close.

53यह समीप आने की निशानी है . yah samīp ānē kī|key niśhānī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this close (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] . 54अपना घर , अपना राज्य ऐसा ही स्पष्ट स्मृति में आये , तीसरे नेत्र द्वारा स्पष्ट दिखाई दे . apnā ghar , apnā rājya aisā hī spaṣhṭ smr̥iti mē̃ āyē , tīsrē nētra dvārā spaṣhṭ dikhāī dē . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nētra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā spaṣhṭ[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) home , (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom such only clearly awareness in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , third eye through clearly be visible . 55अनुभव हो आज यह , कल यह . anubhav hō āj yah , kal yah . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] āj yah[pn.sg.d.] , kal yah[pn.sg.d.] . experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) today this , x this .

61Your home and your kingdom would be so clear in your memory that it is clearly visible to you through the third eye. 62There should be the experience that today you are here and that tomorrow you will be there.

56कितने बार पार्ट पूरा कर अपने घर और अपने राज्य में गये हो , याद आता है ना  ! kitnē bār part pūrā kar apnē ghar aur apnē rājya mē̃ gayē hō , yād ātā hai nā  ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā karnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! so time part make full one’s own home and one’s own kingdom in go[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

63Do you remember how you have completed your part very many times and have returned to your home and your kingdom.

57और अब फिर से जाना है . aur ab phir sē jānā hai . aur ab[adv.] phir sē[x] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and now again (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .

64You remember do you not? 65Now you have to go again.

58डबल फारेनर्स स्पष्ट याद आता है कि खींचना पड़ता है , पता नहीं क्या बनेगा , कैसा होगा  ! double foreigners spaṣhṭ yād ātā hai ki khīñchnā paṛtā hai , patā nahī̃ kyā banēgā , kaisā hōgā  ! double foreigner spaṣhṭ[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā bannā[fut.m.sg.23] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! double foreigner clearly remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] that pull[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , knowledge not what become[fut.m.sg.23] , how be[fut.m.sg.23]  !

66Do the double foreigners remember clearly or do you have to pull it? 67I don't know what it will be or how it will be.

59खींचना पड़ता है या स्पष्ट है  ? khīñchnā paṛtā hai yā spaṣhṭ hai  ? khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] yā spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? pull[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] or clearly be[pres.sg.23]  ?

68Do you have to pull it or is it clear?

60याद है  ? yād hai  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

69Do you remember?

61स्पष्ट है  ? spaṣhṭ hai  ? spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? clearly be[pres.sg.23]  ?

70Is it clear?

62पीछे वालों को याद है  ? pīchhē vālō̃ kō yād hai  ? pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x those who to remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

71Do those at the back remember?

63गैलरी में बैठने वालों को याद है  ? gallery mē̃ baiṭhnē vālō̃ kō yād hai  ? gallery mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x in sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

72Do those who are sitting in the gallery remember?

64 ( आज की सभा 16-17 हज़ार की है ) बापदादा देख रहे हैं , बाहर भी बैठे हैं और विश्व के कोने-कोने में भी बैठे हैं . ( āj kī|key sabhā 16-17 hazār kī hai ) bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ , bāhar bhī baiṭhē haĩ aur viśhva kē|K kōnē-kōnē mē̃ bhī baiṭhē haĩ . ( āj kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sabhā[n.f.;sg.] 16-17 hazār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāhar bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . ( today (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) court 16-17 1000 do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , outside too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and world (of|K) corner in too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

73BapDada is seeing that there are some sitting outside as well and in different corners of the world. 74Did you celebrate Holi?

65तो होली मना ली ना  ? tō hōlī|holy manā lī nā  ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] nā  ? then (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ∅  ?

75You celebrated Holi, did you not?

66हो ही होली , तो होली क्या मनायेंगे  ! hō hī hōlī|holy , tō hōlī|holy kyā manāyēṅgē  ! hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] , tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kyā manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only (Holi|holy) , then (Holi|holy) what celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

76You are already holy, so what Holi will you celebrate?

67यह तो संगमयुग के सुहेज हैं . yah tō saṅgamyug kē|K suhēj haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svahēz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then confluence age (of|K) special festivity be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

77These are the special celebrations of the confluence age.

68तो बापदादा आज सबका एकाउन्ट देखेंगे ना  ! tō bāpdādā āj sabkā account dēkhē̃gē nā  ! tō bāpdādā āj sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! then BapDada today everyone's account see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

78What other Holi would you celebrate? 79Today, BapDada will see everybody’s account.

69भूला नहीं है . bhūlā nahī̃ hai . bhūlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . forget[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

80Baba hasn’t forgotten.

70सबने अपना एकाउन्ट रखा , जिन्होंने एक्यूरेट अपना एकाउन्ट रखा है , नियम प्रमाण , काम चलाऊ नहीं , यथार्थ रूप से जैसा भी है लेकिन एकाउन्ट अपना पूरा रखा है , सच्चा-सच्चा एकाउन्ट , चलाऊ नहीं , वह बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . sabnē apnā account rakhā , jinhōnnē accurate apnā account rakhā hai , niyam pramāṇ , kām chalāū nahī̃ , yathārth rūp sē jaisā bhī hai lēkin account apnā pūrā rakhā hai , sachchā-sachchā account , chalāū nahī̃ , vah baṛā hāth uṭhāō . sabnē apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] account rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] , jō[pn.pl.nē] accurate apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] account rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ , kām chalāū[x] nahī̃[neg] , yathārth[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin account apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account , chalāū[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (one’s own|adopt[root]) account (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , that[.nē] accurate (one’s own|adopt[root]) account keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , law (under) , x not , x Rup from like too be[pres.sg.23] but account (one’s own|adopt[root]) full keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , true account , x not , that very raise your hands .

81You have all kept your accounts. 82Those of you who have kept your accurate account according to the discipline, not just in name only, but accurately, no matter what it’s like, but have kept a full account, an honest account, not just for the sake of it, raise your hands!

71जिन्होंने रखा है , लिखा है नहीं , रखा है . jinhōnnē rakhā hai , likhā hai nahī̃ , rakhā hai . jō[pn.pl.nē] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nahī̃[neg] , rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that[.nē] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] not , keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 72थोड़ों ने रखा है . thōṛō̃ nē rakhā hai . thōṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . short ∅ keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

83Raise your hands high, those who have kept their account, not just written it but kept it.

73अच्छा पीछे वाले जिन्होंने रखा है , खड़े हो जाओ . achchhā pīchhē vālē jinhōnnē rakhā hai , khaṛē hō jāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.pl.nē] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . achcha x those who that[.nē] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

84A few have kept it. 85Achcha. 86Those at the back who have kept it stand up!

74अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

87Achcha.

75डबल फारेनर्स जिन्होंने रखा है वह उठो . double foreigners jinhōnnē rakhā hai vah uṭhō . double foreigner jō[pn.pl.nē] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double foreigner that[.nē] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

88Double foreigners who have kept it can stand up.

76अच्छा मुबारक हो . achchhā mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

89Achcha. 90Congratulations!

77अच्छा - जिन्होंने नहीं रखा है उन्हों से हाथ नहीं उठवाते हैं . achchhā - jinhōnnē nahī̃ rakhā hai unhō̃ sē hāth nahī̃ uṭhvātē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha - that[.nē] not keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that from hand not make raise[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

91You may sit down. 92Achcha. 93Those who haven’t kept it will not be asked to raise their hand.

78उठाना अच्छा नहीं लगेगा ना . uṭhānā achchhā nahī̃ lagēgā nā . uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha not x[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

94You won’t feel good to raise your hands.

79लेकिन जिन्होंने सच्चा-सच्चा एकाउन्ट रखा है , बापदादा के पास तो स्पष्ट हो ही जाता है . lēkin jinhōnnē sachchā-sachchā account rakhā hai , bāpdādā kē pās tō spaṣhṭ hō hī jātā hai . lēkin jō[pn.pl.nē] sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . but that[.nē] true account keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada to then clearly (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[pres.sg.m.23] .

95But for those who have kept an account, it is clear in front of BapDada anyway.

80कइयों ने थोड़ा हिसाब से नहीं , जैसे एवरेज निकाला जाता है ना , ऐसे भी रखा है . kaiyō̃ nē thōṛā hisāb sē nahī̃ , jaisē average nikālā jātā hai nā , aisē bhī rakhā hai . kaī nē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] average nikālnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|nikālnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some ∅ short account from not , like average (x[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) ∅ , such too keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

96Some have kept their account, not with a calculation, but as an average.

81एक्यूरेट बहुत थोड़ों ने लिखा है या रखा है . accurate bahut thōṛō̃ nē likhā hai yā rakhā hai . accurate bahut thōṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . accurate very short ∅ write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

97Very few have kept or written an accurate account.

82फिर भी बाप के डायरेक्शन को माना इसलिए बापदादा ने दो प्रकार की एक्स्ट्रा मार्क्स उन्हों की बढ़ाई , क्योंकि श्रीमत पर चलना यह भी एक सब्जेक्ट है . phir bhī bāp kē|K direction kō mānā isliē bāpdādā nē dō prakār kī|key extra marks unhō̃ kī|key baṛhāī , kyōṅki śhrīmat par chalnā yah bhī ēk subject hai . phir bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K direction kō[postp.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā isliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key extra mark vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key baṛhānā[past-part.f.] , kyōṅki śhrīmat par chalnā[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] subject hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless father (of|K) direction to (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) therefore BapDada ∅ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) form (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) extra mark that (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) increase[past-part.f.] , because x this too one subject be[pres.sg.23] .

98You still accepted Baba’s direction. 99This is why BapDada has given extra marks in two ways, because to follow shrimat is also a subject.

83तो श्रीमत पर चलने की सब्जेक्ट में पास हुए इसलिए फर्स्ट नम्बर वालों को बापदादा ने अपने तरफ से 25 मार्क्स बढ़ाई , जो पहला नम्बर हैं और जो दूसरा नम्बर हैं उसको 15 मार्क्स बढ़ाई . tō śhrīmat par chalnē kī|key subject mē̃ pās|pass huē isliē first number vālō̃ kō bāpdādā nē apnē taraph sē 25 marks baṛhāī , jō pahlā number haĩ aur jō dūsrā number haĩ uskō 15 marks baṛhāī . tō śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] isliē first[adj.] number vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] 25 mark baṛhānā[past-part.f.] , jō[pn.;d.] pahlā number[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur jō[pn.;d.] dūsrā number[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] 15 mark baṛhānā[past-part.f.] . then shrimat (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) subject in (x|pass) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] therefore first number those who to BapDada ∅ one’s own direction from 25 mark increase[past-part.f.] , that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] and that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] 15 mark increase[past-part.f.] .

100You passed in the subject of following shrimat. 101Those who are in the first number have received 25 extra marks from BapDada, and 15 extra marks for those who are in the second number.

84यह एक्स्ट्रा लिफ्ट बापदादा ने अपने तरफ से दी . yah extra lift bāpdādā nē apnē taraph sē dī|the . yah[pn.sg.d.] extra lift bāpdādā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the . this extra lift BapDada ∅ one’s own direction from (give[past-part.f.]|the) .

102BapDada has given this extra lift, from His side.

85तो फाइनल पेपर में आपकी यह मार्क्स जो हैं वह जमा होंगी . tō final paper mē̃ āpkī yah marks jō haĩ vah jamā hōṅgī . tō final paper mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] yah[pn.sg.d.] mark jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . then final paper in you[.kī] this mark that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

103In the final paper these marks of yours will be accumulated.

86पास विद आनर होने में मदद मिलेगी . pass with honour hōnē mē̃ madad milēgī . pass with honour[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . pass with honours be[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x receive[fut.f.sg.23] .

104You will receive help in passing with honours.

87लेकिन जिन्होंने नहीं रखा है , कोई भी कारण है , है तो अलबेलापन और तो कुछ नहीं है लेकिन फिर भी कोई भी कारण से अगर नहीं रखा है तो बापदादा कहते हैं कि फिर भी एक मास अपना एकाउन्ट अभी से रखो और अगर अभी भी एक मास एक्यूरेट , नम्बरवन वाला एकाउन्ट रखेंगे , तो बापदादा उसकी मार्क्स कट नहीं करेंगे , जो श्रीमत प्रमाण नहीं कर सके हैं . lēkin jinhōnnē nahī̃ rakhā hai , kōī bhī kāraṇ hai , hai tō albēlāpan aur tō kuchh nahī̃ hai lēkin phir bhī kōī bhī kāraṇ sē agar nahī̃ rakhā hai tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki phir bhī ēk mās apnā account abhī sē rakhō aur agar abhī bhī ēk mās accurate , number one vālā account rakhē̃gē , tō bāpdādā uskī marks kaṭ nahī̃ karē̃gē , jō śhrīmat pramāṇ nahī̃ kar sakē haĩ . lēkin jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , kōī bhī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tō kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin phir bhī[x] kōī bhī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] agar nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] phir bhī[x] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] account ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur agar ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] accurate , number one vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.kī] mark kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . but that[.nē] not keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , anyone because be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.23] then carelessness and then anything not be[pres.sg.23] but nevertheless anyone because from if not keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that nevertheless one (month|x) (one’s own|adopt[root]) account now from keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and if now too one (month|x) accurate , number one those who account keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then BapDada that[.kī] mark (x|be cut away[root]) not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that shrimat (under) not do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

105However, those who haven’t kept it, for whatever reason, the reason is carelessness, nothing else. 106Nevertheless, if you haven’t kept your account for whatever reason, then BapDada says, if you keep an accurate account for one month even now, then BapDada will not apply shrimat so then your marks will not be cut. 107Do you understand?

88समझा . samjhā . samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) . 89कट नहीं करेंगे लेकिन करना ज़रूरी है . kaṭ nahī̃ karē̃gē lēkin karnā zarūrī hai . kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|be cut away[root]) not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but do[inf.m.sg.d.] essential be[pres.sg.23] .

108Marks will not be cut, but it is definitely necessary to do it.

90श्रीमत न मानने से मार्क्स तो कट होती हैं ना  ! śhrīmat na mānnē sē marks tō kaṭ hōtī haĩ nā  ! śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] mānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] mark tō kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā  ! shrimat not x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from mark then (x|be cut away[root]) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅  !

109If you don’t follow shrimat, marks are cut are they not?

91अन्त में जब आप अपना पोतामेल ड्रामा अनुसार दिल है के टी . वी . में देखेंगे और टी . वी . नहीं , अपने ही दिल की टी . वी . में बापदादा दिखायेंगे , तो उसमें इस श्रीमत की मार्क्स कट नहीं करेंगे . ant mē̃ jab āp apnā pōtāmēl drama anusār dil hai kē|K T . we|V . mē̃ dēkhē̃gē aur T . we|V . nahī̃ , apnē hī dil kī|key T . we|V . mē̃ bāpdādā dikhāyēṅgē , tō usmē̃ is śhrīmat kī|key marks kaṭ nahī̃ karē̃gē . ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] drama anusār dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur T . we|V . nahī̃[neg] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mark kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . end in when you (one’s own|adopt[root]) account(s) drama according to heart be[pres.sg.23] (of|K) x . (x) . in see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and x . (x) . not , one’s own only heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x . (x) . in BapDada x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then that[.mē̃] this shrimat (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) mark (x|be cut away[root]) not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

110At the end, according to the drama, when you see your account on the TV of your heart, not in any other TV, BapDada will show you on the TV of your heart at that time, the marks will not be cut if you follow this shrimat.

92फिर भी बापदादा का प्यार है . phir bhī bāpdādā kā pyār hai . phir bhī[x] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless BapDada of love be[pres.sg.23] .

111Nevertheless BapDada has love!

93समझते हैं कि बहुत जन्म के अलबेलेपन के संस्कार पक्के हैं ना , तो हो जाता है . samajhtē haĩ ki bahut janm kē|K albēlēpan kē|K saṅskār pakkē haĩ nā , tō hō jātā hai . samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bahut janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that very (life|be born[root]) (of|K) carelessness (of|K) sanskar firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , then be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

112He understands that the sanskars of carelessness of many births are very firm, and so it does happen.

94लेकिन अभी अलबेले नहीं बनना , नहीं तो फिर पीछे बतायेंगे क्या होगा , अभी नहीं बताते हैं क्योंकि बापदादा ने सभी की वर्तमान समय की रिज़ल्ट देखी . lēkin abhī albēlē nahī̃ bannā , nahī̃ tō phir pīchhē batāyēṅgē kyā hōgā , abhī nahī̃ batātē haĩ kyōṅki bāpdādā nē sabhī kī|key vartamān samay kī|key result dēkhī . lēkin ab[adv.hī] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , nahī̃ tō[x] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] pīchhē batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . but now careless not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , otherwise (then|turn[root]) x tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what be[fut.m.sg.23] , now not tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because BapDada ∅ all (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) present time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result see[past-part.f.] .

113However, don’t be careless now. 114Otherwise, you will be told afterwards what will happen. 115Not now, because BapDada saw everyone’s result of the present time.

95चाहे डबल फारेनर्स , चाहे भारतवासी , सभी बच्चों की रिज़ल्ट में देखा कि वर्तमान समय अलबेलेपन के बहुत नये-नये प्रकार बच्चों में हैं . chāhē double foreigners , chāhē bhāratvāsī , sabhī bachchō̃ kī|key result mē̃ dēkhā ki vartamān samay albēlēpan kē|K bahut nayē-nayē prakār bachchō̃ mē̃ haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] double foreigner , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhāratvāsī[adj.] , sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) double foreigner , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) people of Bharat , all child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that present time carelessness (of|K) very new form child in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

116Whether it is the double foreigners, whether it’s Bharatwasis, it was seen that all the children at the present time are careless in many new varieties of ways.

96अनेक प्रकार का अलबेलापन है . anēk prakār kā albēlāpan hai . anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . many form of carelessness be[pres.sg.23] .

117There are many varieties of carelessness.

97मन ही मन में सोच लेते हैं , सब चलता है … . man hī man mē̃ sōch lētē haĩ , sab chaltā hai … . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , sab[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] … . mind only mind in think[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , all continue[pres.sg.m.23] … .

118In your mind you think, “anything goes!”.

98आजकल का सब बातों में यह विशेष स्लोगन है - ‘ ‘ सब चलता है ’ ’ - यह अलबेलापन है . ājkal kā sab bātō̃ mē̃ yah viśhēṣh slōgan hai - ‘ ‘ sab chaltā hai ’ ’ - yah albēlāpan hai . ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ‘ ‘ sab[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] ’ ’ - yah[pn.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nowadays of all matter in this special slogan be[pres.sg.23] - ‘ ‘ all continue[pres.sg.m.23] ’ ’ - this carelessness be[pres.sg.23] .

119This seems to be the special slogan these days in all aspects, “anything goes!” 120This is carelessness.

99साथ में थोड़ा-थोड़ा भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार का पुरूषार्थ वा स्व-परिवर्तन में अलबेलेपन के साथ कुछ परसेन्ट में आलस्य भी है . sāth mē̃ thōṛā-thōṛā bhinn-bhinn prakār kā purūṣhārth vā sva-parivartan mē̃ albēlēpan kē sāth kuchh percent mē̃ ālasya bhī hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth vā sva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kuchh percent mē̃[postp.] ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . with in short different form of effort or self-transformation in carelessness with anything % in laziness too be[pres.sg.23] .

121Together with this there is also a little carelessness in varieties of effort or self­transformation there is some percentage of laziness.

100हो जायेगा , कर ही लेंगे … बापदादा ने नये-नये प्रकार की अलबेलेपन की बातें देखी हैं . hō jāyēgā , kar hī lē̃gē … bāpdādā nē nayē-nayē prakār kī|key albēlēpan kī|key bātē̃ dēkhī haĩ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , karnā[root] hī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … bāpdādā nē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , do[root] only take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … BapDada ∅ new form (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) carelessness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter see[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

122“It will happen, we will do it”. 123BapDada saw carelessness in new varieties.

101इसलिए अपना सच्चा , सच्ची दिल से अलबेले रूप से नहीं , एकाउन्ट ज़रूर रखो . isliē apnā sachchā , sachchī dil sē albēlē rūp sē nahī̃ , account zarūr rakhō . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , account zarūr rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore (one’s own|adopt[root]) true , true heart from careless Rup from not , account definitely keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

124This is why, keep your account honest with a true heart, not with carelessness.

102आज इस सीजन का लास्ट टर्न है ना  ! āj is season kā last turn hai nā  ! āj yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! today this season of last you be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

125Today it is the last turn of this season.

103तो बापदादा रिज़ल्ट सुना रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā result sunā rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā result sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada result speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

126Therefore, BapDada is telling you the result.

104सुनाये ना  ! sunāyē nā  ! sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā  ! speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅  !

127Should He continue?

105कि नहीं सिर्फ प्यार करें  ? ki nahī̃ sirph pyār karē̃  ? ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] sirph[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? that not only love do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

128Or, should Baba just give love?

106यह भी प्यार है . yah bhī pyār hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too love be[pres.sg.23] .

129This is also an aspect of love.

107हर एक से बापदादा का इतना प्यार है कि सभी बच्चे ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ-साथ अपने घर में चलें . har ēk sē bāpdādā kā itnā pyār hai ki sabhī bachchē brahmā bāp kē|K sāth-sāth apnē ghar mē̃ chalē̃ . har ēk[x] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . each one from BapDada of such love be[pres.sg.23] that all child Brahma father (of|K) x one’s own home in continue[opt.pl.12hon3] . 108पीछे-पीछे नहीं आवें , साथी बनके चलें . pīchhē-pīchhē nahī̃ āvē̃ , sāthī bankē chalē̃ . pīchhē nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . x not come[opt.pl.12hon3] , companion become[abs.] continue[opt.pl.12hon3] .

130BapDada has so much love for the children that He feels all the children should return to their home with Brahma Baba, that they shouldn’t come behind him but should return with him as His companions.

109तो समान तो बनना पड़े ना  ! tō samān tō bannā paṛē nā  ! tō samān[adj.] tō bannā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] nā  ! then equal then become[opt.sg.23.oblig2] ∅  !

131So you will have to become equal, will you not?

110बिना समानता के साथी बनके नहीं चल सकेंगे और फिर अपने राज्य का पहला जन्म , पहला जन्म तो पहला ही होगा ना  ! binā samāntā kē|K sāthī bankē nahī̃ chal sakē̃gē aur phir apnē rājya kā pahlā janm , pahlā janm tō pahlā hī hōgā nā  ! binā samāntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! without equality (of|K) companion become[abs.] not continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] and (then|turn[root]) one’s own kingdom of x (life|be born[root]) , x (life|be born[root]) then x only be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

132You cannot return with him as His companions without becoming equal. 133Then in your first birth in your first kingdom; and the first birth is first, is it not!

111अगर दूसरे-तीसरे जन्म में आ भी गये , अच्छा राजा भी बन गये , लेकिन कहेंगे तो दूसरा-तीसरा ना  ! agar dūsrē-tīsrē janm mē̃ ā bhī gayē , achchhā rājā bhī ban gayē , lēkin kahē̃gē tō dūsrā-tīsrā nā  ! agar dūsrā-tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , lēkin kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō dūsrā-tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nā  ! if second or third (life|be born[root]) in come[root] too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , achcha king too become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , but say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then second or third ∅  !

134You might come in the second or third birth, you might become a king, but it would still be called second or third, would it not?

112साथ चलें और ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ पहले जन्म के अधिकारी बनें - यह है नम्बरवन पास विद आनर वाले . sāth chalē̃ aur brahmā bāp kē sāth pahlē janm kē|K adhikārī banē̃ - yah hai number one pass with honour vālē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] number one pass with honour[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . with continue[opt.pl.12hon3] and Brahma father with (x|firstly) (life|be born[root]) (of|K) (one) who has a right become[opt.pl.12hon3] - this be[pres.sg.23] number one pass with honours those who .

135To go with him and claim the right to the first birth with Brahma Baba means to become number one, to pass with honours.

113तो पास-विद्-आनर बनना है या पास मार्क्स वाले भी ठीक हैं  ? tō pās-vid-ānar bannā hai yā pās|pass marks vālē bhī ṭhīk haĩ  ? tō x bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā pās|pass mark vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then x become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or (x|pass) mark those who too OK be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

136So, do you want to pass with honours. 137Or is it OK to get pass marks?

114कभी भी यह नहीं सोचना कि जो हम कर रहे हैं , जो हो रहा है वह बापदादा नहीं देखते हैं . kabhī bhī yah nahī̃ sōchnā ki jō ham kar rahē haĩ , jō hō rahā hai vah bāpdādā nahī̃ dēkhtē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ever too this not think[inf.m.sg.d.] that that we do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that BapDada not see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

138Never think that BapDada is not seeing what you’re doing or what is happening!

115इसमें कभी अलबेले नहीं होना . ismē̃ kabhī albēlē nahī̃ hōnā . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kabhī[adv.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.mē̃] ever careless not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .

139Never be careless in this aspect.

116अगर कोई भी बच्चा अपने दिल का चार्ट पूछे तो बापदादा बता सकते हैं लेकिन अभी बताना नहीं है . agar kōī bhī bachchā apnē dil kā chart pūchhē tō bāpdādā batā saktē haĩ lēkin abhī batānā nahī̃ hai . agar kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] tō bāpdādā batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if anyone child one’s own heart of chart (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) then BapDada tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] but now tell[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

140If any of you children were to ask BapDada the chart of your heart, He could tell you. 141However, He doesn't want to tell you now.

117बापदादा हर एक महारथी , घोड़ेसवार … सबका चार्ट देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā har ēk mahārathī , ghōṛēsavār … sabkā chart dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ghōṛēsavār[n.m.;sg.,d.] … sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada each one maharathi , horse rider … everyone's chart see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

142BapDada sees the chart of every maharathi, horse rider...

118कई बार तो बापदादा को बहुत तरस आता है , हैं कौन और करते क्या हैं  ? kaī bār tō bāpdādā kō bahut taras ātā hai , haĩ kaun aur kartē kyā haĩ  ? kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? some time then BapDada to very mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] , be[pres.pl.12hon3] who and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

143Many times BapDada feels great compassion thinking: Who are they and what are they doing?

119लेकिन जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप कहते थे ना - याद है क्या कहते थे  ? lēkin jaisē brahmā bāp kahtē thē nā - yād hai kyā kahtē thē  ? lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] nā - yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.]  ? but like Brahma father say[hab-past.pl.m.] ∅ - remembrance be[pres.sg.23] what say[hab-past.pl.m.]  ? 120गुड़ जाने गुड़ की गोथरी जाने . guṛ jānē guṛ kī|key gōthrī jānē . guṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] guṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gōthrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] . Jaggery (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) Jaggery (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) .

144However, Brahma Baba used to say ­ Do you remember what he used to say?

121शिव बाबा जाने और ब्रह्मा बाबा जाने क्योंकि बापदादा को तरस बहुत पड़ता है लेकिन ऐसे बच्चे बापदादा के रहम के संकल्प को टच नहीं कर सकते , कैच नहीं कर सकते . śhiv bābā jānē aur brahmā bābā jānē kyōṅki bāpdādā kō taras bahut paṛtā hai lēkin aisē bachchē bāpdādā kē|K rahm kē|K saṅkalp kō touch nahī̃ kar saktē , catch nahī̃ kar saktē . śhiv bābā jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] aur brahmā bābā[x] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā kō[postp.] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] touch nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , catch nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Shiva Baba (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) and x (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) because BapDada to mercy very fall[pres.sg.m.23] but such child BapDada (of|K) mercy (of|K) thought to touch not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , catch not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

145Only the bag that contains the molasses, knows how sweet the molasses is. 146Shiv Baba knows and Brahma Baba knows. 147BapDada feels great mercy. 148However, such children are not able to touch BapDada's thoughts of mercy.

122इसीलिए बापदादा ने कहा - भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार का रॉयल अलबेलापन बाप देखते रहते हैं . isīliē bāpdādā nē kahā - bhinn-bhinn prakār kā royal albēlāpan bāp dēkhtē rahtē haĩ . isīliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] royal albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . x BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] - different form of royal carelessness father see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

149They are not able to catch them. 150This is why BapDada has said: Baba continues to see the various royal forms of carelessness.

123आज बापदादा कह ही देते हैं कि तरस बहुत पड़ता है . āj bāpdādā kah hī dētē haĩ ki taras bahut paṛtā hai . āj bāpdādā kahnā[root] hī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . today BapDada say[root] only give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that mercy very fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

151Don’t think but today BapDada is going to tell you that He feels a great deal of mercy.

124कई बच्चे ऐसे समझते हैं कि सतयुग में तो पता ही नहीं पड़ेगा कौन क्या था , अभी तो मौज मना लो . kaī bachchē aisē samajhtē haĩ ki satyug mē̃ tō patā hī nahī̃ paṛēgā kaun kyā thā , abhī tō mauj manā lō . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] kaun[pn.;d.] kyā hōnā[past.m.sg] , ab[adv.hī] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . some child such understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that golden age in then knowledge only not fall[fut.m.sg.23] who what be[past.m.sg] , now then pleasure celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . 125अभी जो कुछ करना है कर लो . abhī jō kuchh karnā hai kar lō . ab[adv.hī] jō kuchh[x] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . now whatever do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . 126कोई रोकने वाला नहीं , कोई देखने वाला नहीं . kōī rōknē vālā nahī̃ , kōī dēkhnē vālā nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] rōknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . some x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , some see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not .

152Many children say: In the golden age, we won’t know who was what; let’s enjoy ourselves now, let’s do whatever we want to do now; nobody’s going to stop us, nobody’s going to see it.

127लेकिन यह गलत है . lēkin yah galat hai . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] galat[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but this wrong be[pres.sg.23] .

153However, this is a mistake.

128सिर्फ बापदादा नाम नहीं सुनाते , नाम सुनायें तो कल ठीक हो जाएं . sirph bāpdādā nām nahī̃ sunātē , nām sunāyē̃ tō kal ṭhīk hō jāē̃ . sirph[adj.] bāpdādā nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] sunānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kal ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . only BapDada name not speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , name speak[opt.pl.12hon3] then x OK be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

154BapDada is simply not giving names; if He tells the names then you would be all right tomorrow.

129आज धुरिया मना रहे हैं ना . āj dhuriyā manā rahē haĩ nā . āj dhuriyā[n.f.;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . today Dhuriya celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .

155Today you are celebrating dhurya, are you not?

130धुरिये में एक-दो को जो भी होता है स्पष्ट दे देते हैं . dhuriyē mē̃ ēk-dō kō jō bhī hōtā hai spaṣhṭ dē dētē haĩ . x mē̃[postp.] ēk-dō kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] spaṣhṭ[adj.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . x in one another to that too be[pres.sg.m.23] clearly give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

156At the time of dhurya, they tell each other whatever is happening very clearly.

131तो समझा क्या करना है , पाण्डव समझा कि नहीं समझा  ! tō samjhā kyā karnā hai , pāṇḍav samjhā ki nahī̃ samjhā  ! tō samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root]  ! then (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , Pandava (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) that not (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root])  !

157Do you understand what you have to do? 158Pandavas did you understand or not?

132चल जायेगा  ? chal jāyēgā  ? chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]  ? continue[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]  ?

159It will do. 160Will it do!

133चलेगा नहीं क्योंकि बापदादा के पास हर एक की हर दिन की रिपोर्ट आती है . chalēgā nahī̃ kyōṅki bāpdādā kē pās har ēk kī|key har|her din kī|key report ātī hai . chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki bāpdādā kē pās[x] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key report ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . continue[fut.m.sg.23] not because BapDada to each one (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[root]|x) day (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) report come[pres.sg.f.23] . 134बाप-दादा आपस में भी रूहरूहान करते हैं . bāp-dādā āpas mē̃ bhī rūharūhān kartē haĩ . bāpdādā āpas mē̃[x] bhī[p.] x karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada with each other too x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

161However, it will not do, because BapDada receives everyone’s report for each day and BapDada have a conversation with each other.

135तो बापदादा सभी बच्चों को फिर से इशारा दे रहे हैं कि समय सब प्रकार से अति में जा रहा है . tō bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō phir sē iśhārā dē rahē haĩ ki samay sab prakār sē ati mē̃ jā rahā hai . tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] phir sē[x] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ati mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then BapDada all child to again signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that time all form from x in go[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

162BapDada is giving a signal once again to all the children that time is moving into it's extreme in all ways.

136माया भी अपना अति का पार्ट बजा रही है , प्रकृति भी अपना अति का पार्ट बजा रही है . māyā bhī apnā ati kā part bajā rahī hai , prakr̥iti bhī apnā ati kā part bajā rahī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ati kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ati kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Maya too (one’s own|adopt[root]) x of play one's part , matter too (one’s own|adopt[root]) x of play one's part .

163Maya is playing her part of extreme, the elements are also playing their part of extreme.

137ऐसे समय पर ब्राह्मण बच्चों का अपने तरफ अटेन्शन भी अति अर्थात् मन-वचन-कर्म में अति में चाहिए . aisē samay par brāhmaṇ bachchō̃ kā apnē taraph attention bhī ati arthāt man-vachan-karma mē̃ ati mē̃ chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention bhī[p.] ati arthāt man-vachan-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ati mē̃[postp.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . such time (at|other) Brahmin child of one’s own direction attention too x that is thoughts, words and deeds in x in (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

164At such a time Brahmin children must pay attention to themselves in an extreme way. 165That is, attention to mind, words and deeds is needed in extreme.

138साधारण पुरूषार्थ नहीं . sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth nahī̃ . sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] . ordinary effort not .

166Not ordinary effort!

139बापदादा ने इशारा दिया भी है कि 66 वर्ष में अभी तक 6 लाख तैयार किये हैं . bāpdādā nē iśhārā diyā bhī hai ki 66 varṣh mē̃ abhī tak 6 lākh taiyār kiyē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] 66 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tak 6 lākh[x] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ signal give[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] that 66 year in now until 6 100,000 x do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

167BapDada has given a signal that in sixty­six years, only six hundred thousand have been prepared.

140अभी 9 लाख भी नहीं हुए हैं . abhī 9 lākh bhī nahī̃ huē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] 9 lākh[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . now 9 100,000 too not be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

168Not even nine hundred thousand has been reached yet!

141तो विश्व कल्याणी आत्मायें विश्व की सर्व आत्माओं का कल्याण कब करेंगे  ? tō viśhva kalyāṇī ātmāyē̃ viśhva kī|key sarv ātmāō̃ kā kalyāṇ kab karē̃gē  ? tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then world benefactor soul world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) all soul of benefit when do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

169Therefore, world benefactor souls, when will you bring benefit to the souls of the world?

142और 66 वर्ष चाहिए क्या  ? aur 66 varṣh chāhiē kyā  ? aur 66 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] kyā  ? and 66 year (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) what  ?

170Do you need another sixty­six years?

14366 वर्ष और नहीं चाहिए  ? 66 varṣh aur nahī̃ chāhiē  ? 66 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]  ? 66 year and not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])  ?

171You don’t want another sixty­six years, do you?

144डबल फारेनर्स को चाहिए  ? double foreigners kō chāhiē  ? double foreigner kō[postp.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]  ? double foreigner to (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])  ?

172Do the double foreigners want this?

145नहीं चाहिए  ? nahī̃ chāhiē  ? nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]  ? not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])  ?

173Do you not want it?

146तो क्या करेंगे  ? tō kyā karē̃gē  ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

174Then, what will you do?

147चलो आधा , 33 वर्ष चाहिए  ? chalō ādhā , 33 varṣh chāhiē  ? chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , 33 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]  ? continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] half , 33 year (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])  ?

175OK half! 176Do you want thirty­three years?

148नहीं चाहिए . nahī̃ chāhiē . nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

177You don’t want it!

14933 वर्ष भी नहीं चाहिए तो क्या करेंगे  ? 33 varṣh bhī nahī̃ chāhiē tō kyā karē̃gē  ? 33 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 33 year too not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

178Do you not even want thirty­three years? 179Then what will you do?

150वैसे बापदादा ने देखा है कि सेवा से लगन अच्छी है . vaisē bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki sēvā sē lagan achchhī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that service from love achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

180You do have love for service. 181BapDada has seen that you have good love for service.

151सेवा के लिए एवररेडी हैं , चांस मिले तो प्यार से सेवा के लिए एवररेडी हैं . sēvā kē liē ever ready haĩ , chance milē tō pyār sē sēvā kē liē ever ready haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chance milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service for ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] , chance (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then love from service for ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

182You are ever­ready for service. 183You are ever­ready for service with love when you get a chance.

152लेकिन अभी सेवा में एडीशन करो - वाणी के साथ-साथ मनसा , अपनी आत्मा को विशेष कोई-न-कोई प्राप्ति के स्वरूप में स्थित कर वाणी से सेवा करो . lēkin abhī sēvā mē̃ addition karō - vāṇī kē|K sāth-sāth mansā , apnī ātmā kō viśhēṣh kōī-na-kōī prāpti kē|K svarūp mē̃ sthit kar vāṇī sē sēvā karō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] addition karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth mansā , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kōī na kōī[pn.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karnā[root] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now service in addition do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - words (of|K) x through the mind , one’s own soul to special one .. or another attainment (of|K) form in stabilised do[root] words from service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

184However, let there be addition in service. 185Together with words there should be the service through the mind. 186Stabilise the soul in the form of one special attainment or another and then do service with words.

153मानो भाषण कर रहे हो तो वाणी से तो भाषण अच्छा करते ही हो लेकिन उस समय अपने आत्मिक स्थिति में विशेष चाहे शक्ति की , चाहे शान्ति की , चाहे परमात्म-प्यार की , कोई न कोई विशेष अनुभूति की स्थिति में स्थित कर मनसा द्वारा आत्मिक-स्थिति का प्रभाव वायुमण्डल में फैलाओ और वाणी से साथ-साथ सन्देश दो . mānō bhāṣhaṇ kar rahē hō tō vāṇī sē tō bhāṣhaṇ achchhā kartē hī hō lēkin us samay apnē ātmik sthiti mē̃ viśhēṣh chāhē śhakti kī|key , chāhē śhānti kī|key , chāhē paramātma-pyār kī|key , kōī na kōī viśhēṣh anubhūti kī|key sthiti mē̃ sthit kar mansā dvārā ātmik-sthiti kā prabhāv vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ phailāō aur vāṇī sē sāth-sāth sandēśh dō . mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] tō vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] tō bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ātmik[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] paramātma-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karnā[root] mansā dvārā x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sāth-sāth sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lecture do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] then words from then lecture achcha do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that time one’s own soul-conscious stage in special (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Shakti (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) peace (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , one .. or another special experience (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage in stabilised do[root] through the mind through x of x atmosphere in spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and words from x message (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

187For instance, you are giving a lecture. 188You give good lectures in words, however, at that time, in the stage of soul consciousness, stabilise yourself in the form of power, or in the form of peace, or in the form of God’s love. 189Stabilise yourself in one special experience or another and let there be an impact on the atmosphere and then give the message in words.

154वाणी द्वारा सन्देश दो , मनसा आत्मिक स्थिति द्वारा अनुभूति कराओ . vāṇī dvārā sandēśh dō , mansā ātmik sthiti dvārā anubhūti karāō . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , mansā ātmik[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] dvārā anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . words through message (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , through the mind soul-conscious stage through experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

190Give the message through words and through the mind, with the stage of soul consciousness, give an experience.

155भाषण के समय आपके बोल आपके मस्तक से , नयनों से , सूरत से उस अनुभूति की सीरत दिखाई दे कि आज भाषण तो सुना लेकिन परमात्म प्यार की बहुत अच्छी अनुभूति हो रही थी . bhāṣhaṇ kē|K samay āpkē bōl āpkē mastak sē , nayanō̃ sē , sūrat sē us anubhūti kī|key sīrat dikhāī dē ki āj bhāṣhaṇ tō sunā lēkin paramātma pyār kī|key bahut achchhī anubhūti hō rahī thī . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , sūrat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sīrat[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] āj bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] lēkin paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] rahnā[past-perf.f.] . lecture (of|K) time you[.kē] (speak[root]|x) you[.kē] forehead from , eye from , x from that experience (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be visible that today lecture then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) but Supreme Soul love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) very achcha experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) remain[past-perf.f.] .

191At the time of giving a lecture, from your words, through your forehead, through your eyes, through your face, there should be the visible characteristics of the experience that today we heard a lecture, but we had a good experience of God’s love.

156जैसे भाषण की रिज़ल्ट में कहते हैं बहुत अच्छा बोला , बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छी बातें सुनाई , ऐसे ही आपके आत्म-स्वरूप की अनुभूति का भी वर्णन करें . jaisē bhāṣhaṇ kī|key result mē̃ kahtē haĩ bahut achchhā bōlā , bahut achchhā , bahut achchhī bātē̃ sunāī , aisē hī āpkē ātma-svarūp kī|key anubhūti kā bhī varṇan karē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[past-part.f.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] ātma-svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like lecture (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very achcha speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , very achcha , very achcha matter speak[past-part.f.] , such only you[.kē] soul-conscious form (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) experience of too x do[opt.pl.12hon3] .

192They say as a result of the lecture that you spoke very well, that it was very good, that you said many good things. 193In the same way, they should speak about the experience of the form of the soul.

157मनुष्य आत्माओं को वायब्रेशन पहुँचे , वायुमण्डल बने . manuṣhya ātmāō̃ kō vibration pahũchē , vāyumaṇḍal banē . manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vibration pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . human being soul to vibrations reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , atmosphere (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .

194The vibrations should reach human souls. 195That atmosphere should be created.

158जब साइंस के साधन ठण्डा वातावरण कर सकते हैं , सबको महसूस होता है बहुत ठण्डाई अच्छी आ रही है . jab science kē|K sādhan ṭhaṇḍā vātāvaraṇ kar saktē haĩ , sabkō mahsūs hōtā hai bahut ṭhaṇḍāī achchhī ā rahī hai . jab science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vātāvaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , sabkō mahsūs[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] bahut ṭhaṇḍāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . when science (of|K) facilities cool atmosphere do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , everything experienced be[pres.sg.m.23] very coolness achcha come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

196The facilities of science can create an atmosphere of coolness. 197Everyone has a feeling that there was a good feeling of coolness.

159गर्म वायुमण्डल अनुभव करा सकते हैं . garm vāyumaṇḍal anubhav karā saktē haĩ . garm[adj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . x atmosphere experience make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

198It can also give the experience of warmth.

160साइंस सर्दी में गर्मी का अनुभव करा सकती है , गर्मी में सर्दी का अनुभव करा सकती , तो आपकी साइन्स क्या प्रेम स्वरूप , सुख स्वरूप , शान्त स्वरूप वायुमण्डल अनुभव नहीं करा सकती  ! science sardī mē̃ garmī kā anubhav karā saktī hai , garmī mē̃ sardī kā anubhav karā saktī , tō āpkī science kyā prēm svarūp , sukh svarūp , śhānt svarūp vāyumaṇḍal anubhav nahī̃ karā saktī  ! science sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] , tō āp[pn.pl.kī] science kyā prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānt svarūp[x] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.]  ! science cold in heat of experience make commit[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , heat in cold of experience make commit[root] can[pres-part.f.] , then you[.kī] science what love form , happiness form , I, a soul, am a being of peace atmosphere experience not make commit[root] can[pres-part.f.]  !

199In the cold it can give the experience of warmth, in the heat it can give the experience of coolness. 200Can your silence not give an atmosphere of the form of love, a form of happiness and a form of peace.

161यह रीसर्च करो . yah rīsarca karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] x karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

201Research this!

162सिर्फ अच्छा-अच्छा किया लेकिन अच्छे बन जायें , तब समाप्ति के समय को समाप्त कर अपना राज्य लायेंगे . sirph achchhā-achchhā kiyā lēkin achchhē ban jāyē̃ , tab samāpti kē samay kō samāpt kar apnā rājya lāyēṅgē . sirph[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , tab samāpti kē samay[x] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . only achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but achcha become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , for only then time of completion to x (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

202They shouldn’t just say, “It was good, it was good”, but they should become good. 203Then you will bring the completion of time and bring about your kingdom.

163क्यों , आपको अपना राज्य याद नहीं आता  ? kyō̃ , āpkō apnā rājya yād nahī̃ ātā  ? kyō̃ , āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? why , you[.kō] (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom remembrance not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

204Do you not remember your kingdom? 205The confluence age is elevated.

164संगमयुग श्रेष्ठ है वह ठीक है , हीरे तुल्य है . saṅgamyug śhrēṣhṭh hai vah ṭhīk hai , hīrē tulya hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence age elevated be[pres.sg.23] that OK be[pres.sg.23] , diamond as valuable as be[pres.sg.23] .

206That is fine! 207It is as valuable as a diamond.

165लेकिन हे रहमदिल , विश्व कल्याणी बच्चे , अपने दुःखी अशान्त भाई बहनों पर रहम नहीं आता  ? lēkin hē merciful , viśhva kalyāṇī bachchē , apnē duḥkhī aśhānt bhāī bahanō̃ par rahm nahī̃ ātā  ? lēkin hē merciful , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] aśhānt[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? but x merciful , world benefactor child , one’s own (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) peaceless (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x (at|other) mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

208However, Oh children with a merciful heart, who are world benefactors, do you not feel mercy for your sorrowful, peaceless brothers and sisters?

166उमंग नहीं आता , दुःखमय संसार को सुखमय बना दें , यह उमंग नहीं आता  ? umaṅg nahī̃ ātā , duḥkhmay saṅsār kō sukhmay banā dē̃ , yah umaṅg nahī̃ ātā  ? umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , duḥkhmay[adj.] saṅsār[x] kō[postp.] sukhmay[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? zeal not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , of sorrow world to happy create[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , this zeal not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

209Do you not have the enthusiasm to transform the world of sorrow and make it happy?

167दुःख देखने चाहते , दूसरों का दुःख देखकर भी रहम नहीं आता  ? duḥkh dēkhnē chāhtē , dūsrō̃ kā duḥkh dēkhkar bhī rahm nahī̃ ātā  ? duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dēkhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (sorrow|hurt[root]) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , other of (sorrow|hurt[root]) see[abs.] too mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

210Do you not have this enthusiasm? 211Do you wish to see sorrow?

168आपके भाई हैं , आपकी बहिनें हैं तो दुःख देखना अच्छा लगता है  ? āpkē bhāī haĩ , āpkī bahinē̃ haĩ tō duḥkh dēkhnā achchhā lagtā hai  ? āp[pn.pl.kē] bhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kī] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? you[.kē] be liked[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , you[.kī] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then (sorrow|hurt[root]) see[inf.m.sg.d.] enjoy  ?

212You see the sorrow of others. 213Do you like to see your brothers and sisters in a state of sorrow?

169अपना दयालु , कृपालु स्वरूप इमर्ज करो . apnā dayālu , kr̥ipālu svarūp emerge karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] dayālū[adj.] , kr̥ipālu[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) compassionate , merciful form emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

214Make your compassionate and merciful form emerge.

170सिर्फ सेवा में नहीं लग जाओ , यह प्रोग्राम किया , यह प्रोग्राम किया … चलो वर्ष पूरा हुआ . sirph sēvā mē̃ nahī̃ lag jāō , yah programme kiyā , yah programme kiyā … chalō varṣh pūrā huā . sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] programme karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] programme karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] … chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . only service in not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , this programme do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this programme do[past-part.m.sg.d.] … continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] year full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

215Don’t just become engaged in service. 216“We’ve done this programme, we’ve done that programme.” 217The year is over.

171अभी मर्सीफुल बनो . abhī merciful banō . ab[adv.hī] merciful bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now merciful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

218Now become merciful!

172चाहे दृष्टि से , चाहे अनुभूति से , चाहे आत्मिक स्थिति के प्रभाव से , मर्सीफुल बनो . chāhē dr̥iṣhṭi sē , chāhē anubhūti sē , chāhē ātmik sthiti kē|K prabhāv sē , merciful banō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ātmik[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , merciful bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) drishti from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) experience from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) soul-conscious stage (of|K) x from , merciful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

219Become merciful through your drishti, or by giving experience, or by giving the impact of a stage of the soul.

173रहमदिल बनो . merciful banō . merciful bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . merciful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

220Become merciful.

17466 वर्ष समाप्त हो चुके हैं . 66 varṣh samāpt hō chukē haĩ . 66 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] . 66 year finished be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] .

221Have a merciful heart. 222Sixty­six years are now over.

175कम नहीं हैं 66 वर्ष . kam|cum nahī̃ haĩ 66 varṣh . kam[adj.]|cum nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] 66 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (less|x) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] 66 year .

223Sixty­six years is not a short time!

176ब्रह्मा बाप को अव्यक्त होते भी 33 वर्ष हो गये हैं . brahmā bāp kō avyakt hōtē bhī 33 varṣh hō gayē haĩ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] avyakt[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] 33 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Brahma father to avyakt be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too 33 year be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

224Even since Brahma Baba became avyakt it has been thirty­three years.

177ब्रह्मा बाप कब-कब कहते भी हैं , कब बच्चे आयेंगे , दरवाजा खोलने के लिए . brahmā bāp kab-kab kahtē bhī haĩ , kab bachchē āyēṅgē , darvājā khōlnē kē liē . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kab bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . Brahma father when say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , when child come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , door open[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .

225Brahma Baba sometimes says: When will the children come to open the doors.

178तो घर का दरवाजा साथ में खोलेंगे या पीछे-पीछे आयेंगे  ? tō ghar kā darvājā sāth mē̃ khōlē̃gē yā pīchhē-pīchhē āyēṅgē  ? tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā pīchhē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then home of door with in open[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 179इन्तजार कर रहा है . intjār kar rahā hai . intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

226So, will you open the doors to the home together, or will you come afterwards?

180तो सेवा में एडीशन करो . tō sēvā mē̃ addition karō . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] addition karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then service in addition do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

227He is waiting in anticipation.

181इससे बापदादा गैरन्टी दे रहे हैं कि थोड़े समय में अगर इस विधि से सेवा की तो आपके पास क्वालिटी की वर्षा हो जायेगी . issē bāpdādā guarantee dē rahē haĩ ki thōṛē samay mē̃ agar is vidhi sē sēvā kī|key tō āpkē pās|pass quality kī|key varṣhā hō jāyēgī . yah[pn.sg.sē] bāpdādā guarantee dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass quality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key varṣhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . this[.sē] BapDada guarantee give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that short time in if this method from service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then you[.kē] (x|pass) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

228Let there be this addition in service. 229BapDada guarantees that through this, if you do service in this way, you will have a shower of quality.

182वारिस क्वालिटी की बारिश पड़ेगी . vāris quality kī|key bāriśh paṛēgī . vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāriśh[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . heir x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x fall[fut.f.sg.23] .

230There will be the shower of heir quality souls.

183इतनी मेहनत करने की ज़रूरत ही नहीं पड़ेगी . itnī mēhnat karnē kī|key zarūrat hī nahī̃ paṛēgī . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . such effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need only not fall[fut.f.sg.23] .

231There’ll be no need to make so much effort.

184कहना ही नहीं पड़ेगा - अभी यह कार्य होना है , इसमें सहयोगी बनो , नहीं . kahnā hī nahī̃ paṛēgā - abhī yah kārya hōnā hai , ismē̃ sahyōgī banō , nahī̃ . kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] - ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] . say[inf.m.sg.d.] only not fall[fut.m.sg.23] - now this task be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this[.mē̃] co-operative become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not .

232You won’t even have to say: This task has to happen, give us co­operation! 233No!

185सहयोग की स्वयं आफर करने वाले होंगे . sahyōg kī|key svayã offer karnē vālē hōṅgē . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key svayã offer karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . cooperation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x offer do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

234They will be the ones themselves to offer co­ operation.

186लेकिन साधारण पुरूषार्थ , साधारण विधि की सेवा को परिवर्तन करो . lēkin sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth , sādhāraṇ vidhi kī|key sēvā kō parivartan karō . lēkin sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth , sādhāraṇ[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but ordinary effort , ordinary method (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service to transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

235However, transform ordinary efforts and ordinary methods of service.

187छिम-छिम होनी चाहिए . chim-chim hōnī chāhiē . x hōnā[.oblig3] . x be[.oblig3] .

236There has to be a sparkle and uniqueness.

188होनी तो है ही . hōnī tō hai hī . hōnā[inf.f.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . be[inf.f.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .

237It has to happen.

189सिर्फ अनुभूति कराने की विधि सोचो , सिर्फ भाषण और कोर्स कराने की नहीं , वह बहुत करा लिए . sirph anubhūti karānē kī|key vidhi sōchō , sirph bhāṣhaṇ aur course karānē kī|key nahī̃ , vah bahut karā liē . sirph[adj.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sirph[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur course karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut karānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] . only experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) method think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , only lecture and course make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) not , that very make commit[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] .

238Simply think of a way to give an experience, not just to give a lecture or to give a course. 239You have done a lot of that.

190वर्गाकरण के प्रोग्राम भी बहुत कर लिये . vargākaraṇ kē|K programme bhī bahut kar liyē . x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K programme bhī[p.] bahut karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] . x (of|K) programme too very do[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] .

240You have also had many programmes for different professions.

191जो आये उस पर छाप लगे , 9 लाख की छाप लग जाए . jō āyē us par chhāp lagē , 9 lākh kī|key chhāp lag jāē . jō[pn.;d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chhāp[n.f.;sg.]|chhāpnā[root] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , 9 lākh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chhāp[n.f.;sg.]|chhāpnā[root] lagnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . that (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that (at|other) (stamp|print[root]) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) , 9 100,000 (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (stamp|print[root]) x[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .

241Whoever comes should be stamped with being one of nine hundred thousand.

192समझा . samjhā . samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) .

242Do you understand?

193क्या करना है  ? kyā karnā hai  ? kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

243What do you have to do?

194कहते थे सर्विस का प्लैन सुनाना , कहा था ना  ? kahtē thē service kā plan sunānā , kahā thā nā  ? kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā  ? say[hab-past.pl.m.] service of plan speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , say[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅  ?

244You have asked to be given plans for service. 245You said this, did you not?

195अभी कोई छिम-छिम करके दिखाओ . abhī kōī chim-chim karkē dikhāō . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] x karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

246Now show some sparkle and uniqueness.

196अभी धीमी चाल है . abhī dhīmī chāl hai . ab[adv.hī] dhīmā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chālnā[root]|chāl[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now slow (move[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] .

247Not this! 248This is slow speed.

197जैसे लक्ष्मी के लिए कहते हैं ना , दोनों हाथों से सम्पत्ति की छिम-छिम हो रही है , तो आप अभी श्रेष्ठ ब्राह्मण बन अनुभूतियों की छिम-छिम करो . jaisē lakṣhmī kē liē kahtē haĩ nā , dōnō̃ hāthō̃ sē sampatti kī|key chim-chim hō rahī hai , tō āp abhī śhrēṣhṭh brāhmaṇ ban anubhūtiyō̃ kī|key chim-chim karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē liē[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , dōnō̃ hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.] ab[adv.hī] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhūti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like Lakshmi for say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , x hand from wealth (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , then you now elevated Brahmin (become[root]|x) experience (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

249You say of Lakhsmi that there is a sparkle of wealth from both her hands. 250All of you must now become elevated Brahmins and sparkle experiences.

198लेकिन अनुभूति वह करा सकेंगे जो और व्यर्थ चिंतन , व्यर्थ दर्शन और व्यर्थ समय गंवाने वाले नहीं होंगे . lēkin anubhūti vah karā sakē̃gē jō aur vyarth chintan , vyarth darśhan aur vyarth samay ganvānē vālē nahī̃ hōṅgē . lēkin anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] jō[pn.;d.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] darśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ganvānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but experience that make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] that and wasteful churning , wasteful vision and wasteful time lose[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

251However, only those who don’t have waste thoughts, waste vision or waste time, are the ones who will give an experience.

199आजकल थोड़ा-थोड़ा , बापदादा ने थोड़ा देखा है . ājkal thōṛā-thōṛā , bāpdādā nē thōṛā dēkhā hai . ājkal thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . nowadays short , BapDada ∅ short see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

252Nowadays, BapDada sees a small thing.

200वह भी सुनायें क्या  ? vah bhī sunāyē̃ kyā  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyā  ? that too speak[opt.pl.12hon3] what  ?

253Should Baba tell you this too?

201अच्छा आज सब सुना देते हैं . achchhā āj sab sunā dētē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āj sab[adj.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . achcha today all speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

254Achcha. 255Today, you are being told everything.

202होली है ना  ! hōlī|holy hai nā  ! hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

256It’s Holi, is it not?

203तो होली में बुरा नहीं मानते हैं . tō hōlī|holy mē̃ burā nahī̃ māntē haĩ . tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] mē̃[postp.] burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then (Holi|holy) in bad not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 204अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

257They don’t consider it to be a bad thing at the time of Holi.

205बापदादा ने एक बात और भी देखी है , सुनाना अच्छा नहीं लगता . bāpdādā nē ēk bāt aur bhī dēkhī hai , sunānā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] aur bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ one matter and too see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

258Yes, teachers, it is Holi, isn’t it? 259Achcha. 260BapDada saw one more thing.

206कभीकभी कोई-कोई बच्चे , अच्छे-अच्छे भी दूसरों की बातों में बहुत पड़ते हैं . kabhīkabhī kōī-kōī bachchē , achchhē-achchhē bhī dūsrō̃ kī|key bātō̃ mē̃ bahut paṛtē haĩ . x kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x some child , achcha too other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter in very fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

261Baba doesn’t like speaking of this. 262Sometimes, some good children interfere a lot in other people’s things.

207दूसरों की बातें देखना , दूसरों की बातें वर्णन करना … और देखते भी व्यर्थ बातें हैं . dūsrō̃ kī|key bātē̃ dēkhnā , dūsrō̃ kī|key bātē̃ varṇan karnā … aur dēkhtē bhī vyarth bātē̃ haĩ . dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] … aur dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter see[inf.m.sg.d.] , other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter x do[inf.m.sg.d.] … and see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too wasteful matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

263Looking at the things of others, speaking about the things of others… and when they do look they see the waste.

208विशेषता एक दो की वर्णन करना , वह कम है . viśhēṣhtā ēk dō kī|key varṇan karnā , vah kam|cum hai . viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . speciality one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] .

264There is less speaking of the specialities of one another.

209हर एक की वि्शेषता देखना , विशेषता वर्णन करना , उनकी विशेषता द्वारा उनको उमंग उत्साह दिलाना , यह कम है . har ēk kī|key viśēṣatā dēkhnā , viśhēṣhtā varṇan karnā , unkī viśhēṣhtā dvārā unkō umaṅg utsāh dilānā , yah kam|cum hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.kō] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x see[inf.m.sg.d.] , speciality x do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that[.kī] speciality through that[.kō] zeal enthusiasm x[inf.m.sg.d.] , this (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] .

265There is less seeing of one another’s specialities, speaking of specialities, and bringing about zeal and enthusiasm on the basis of their specialities.

210लेकिन व्यर्थ बातें जिन बातों को , बापदादा कहते हैं छोड़ दो , अपनी तो छोड़ने की कोशिश करते , लेकिन दूसरे की देखने की भी आदत है . lēkin vyarth bātē̃ jin bātō̃ kō , bāpdādā kahtē haĩ chhōṛ dō , apnī tō chhōṛnē kī|key kōśhiśh kartē , lēkin dūsrē kī|key dēkhnē kī|key bhī ādat hai . lēkin vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.pl.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tō chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] ādat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but wasteful matter that matter to , BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , one’s own then renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) try do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , but other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too habit be[pres.sg.23] .

266However you try to leave your own wasteful things, that BapDada says should be left, but there is the habit of seeing the waste of others.

211उसमें टाइम बहुत जाता है . usmē̃ time bahut jātā hai . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] time bahut jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.mē̃] time very go[pres.sg.m.23] .

267This takes a lot of time.

212बापदादा एक विशेष श्रीमत दे रहे हैं - है कामन बात लेकिन टाइम बहुत वेस्ट जाता है . bāpdādā ēk viśhēṣh śhrīmat dē rahē haĩ - hai common bāt lēkin time bahut waste|west jātā hai . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - hōnā[pres.sg.23] common bāt[n.f.;sg.] lēkin time bahut waste|west jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada one special shrimat give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - be[pres.sg.23] x matter but time very (waste|west) go[pres.sg.m.23] .

268BapDada is giving one special shrimat. 269In fact it’s a common thing but it wastes a lot of time.

213बोल में निर्माण बनो . bōl mē̃ nirmāṇ banō . bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (speak[root]|x) in creation become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

270Be humble in your words.

214बोल में निर्माणता कम नहीं होनी चाहिए . bōl mē̃ nirmāntā kam|cum nahī̃ hōnī chāhiē . bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] kam[adj.]|cum nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . (speak[root]|x) in x (less|x) not be[.oblig3] .

271Humility in your words should not decrease.

215भले साधारण शब्द बोलते हैं , समझते हैं , इसमें तो बोलना ही पड़ेगा ना  ! bhalē sādhāraṇ śhabda bōltē haĩ , samajhtē haĩ , ismē̃ tō bōlnā hī paṛēgā nā  ! bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! benefit ordinary word speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this[.mē̃] then speak[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

272You might speak ordinary words thinking that that has to be said.

216लेकिन निर्माणता के बजाए अगर कोई अथॉरिटी से , निर्माण बोल नहीं बोलते तो थोड़ा कार्य का , सीट का , 5 परसेन्ट अभिमान दिखाई देता है . lēkin nirmāntā kē bajāē agar kōī authority sē , nirmāṇ bōl nahī̃ bōltē tō thōṛā kārya kā , seat kā , 5 percent abhimān dikhāī dētā hai . lēkin nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] kē bajāē[x] agar kōī[pn.;d.] authority sē[postp.] , nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , seat kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , 5 percent abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but x instead of if some authority from , creation (speak[root]|x) not speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then short task of , seat of , 5 % arrogance be visible .

273However, if it is without humility, if someone speaks with authority, if someone speaks on the basis of the task or according to his or her seat (position), five % ego is visible.

217निर्माणता ब्राह्मणों के जीवन का विशेष शृंगार है . nirmāntā brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K jīvan kā viśhēṣh śr̥ṅgār hai . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x Brahmin (of|K) life of special x be[pres.sg.23] .

274Humility is the special decoration of Brahmin life.

218निर्माणता मन में , वाणी में , बोल में , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में … हो . nirmāntā man mē̃ , vāṇī mē̃ , bōl mē̃ , sambandh-sampark mē̃ … hō . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] … hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x mind in , words in , (speak[root]|x) in , x in … (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

275There should be humility in your mind, words, speech, relationships and connections.

219ऐसे नहीं तीन बातों में तो मैं निर्माण हूँ , एक में कम हूँ तो क्या हुआ  ! aisē nahī̃ tīn bātō̃ mē̃ tō maĩ nirmāṇ hū̃ , ēk mē̃ kam|cum hū̃ tō kyā huā  ! aisē nahī̃[x] tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , ēk[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.1] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! it isn't that x matter in then I creation be[pres.sg.1] , one in (less|x) be[pres.sg.1] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  !

276It should not be that I am humble in three aspects but less in one, and it therefore doesn’t matter.

220लेकिन वह एक कमी पास विद आनर होने नहीं देगी . lēkin vah ēk kamī pass with honour hōnē nahī̃ dēgī . lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23] . but that one x pass with honours be[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[fut.f.sg.23] .

277However, that one weakness will not allow you to pass with honours.

221निर्माणता ही महानता है . nirmāntā hī mahāntā hai . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x only x be[pres.sg.23] .

278Humility is greatness.

222झुकना नहीं है , झुकाना है . jhuknā nahī̃ hai , jhukānā hai . jhuknā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jhukānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , bow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

279This is not bowing down but making others bow.

223कई बच्चे हंसी में ऐसे कह देते हैं क्या मुझे ही झुकना है , यह भी तो झुके . kaī bachchē hansī mē̃ aisē kah dētē haĩ kyā mujhē hī jhuknā hai , yah bhī tō jhukē . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hãsnā[past-part.f.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] kyā maĩ[pn.sg.kō] hī[p.] jhuknā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō jhuknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhuknā[opt.sg.23] . some child laugh out[past-part.f.] in such say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] what I[.kō] only x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this too then (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) .

280Some children ask jokingly: Am I the one who always has to bow down? 281The other one should bow down too.

224लेकिन यह झुकना नहीं है वास्तव में परमात्मा को भी अपने ऊपर झुकाना है , आत्मा की तो बात ही छोड़ो . lēkin yah jhuknā nahī̃ hai vāstav mē̃ paramātmā kō bhī apnē ūpar jhukānā hai , ātmā kī|key tō bāt hī chhōṛō . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] jhuknā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vāstav mē̃[x] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar jhukānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but this x[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] x Supreme Soul to too one’s own over bow[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then matter only renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

282However, this is not bowing down. 283In fact, let alone souls, this is making even God bow down to you!

225निर्माणता निरंहकारी स्वतः ही बना देती है . nirmāntā niranhakārī svataḥ hī banā dētī hai . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] svataḥ hī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . x egoless automatically only (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .

284Humility automatically makes you egoless.

226निरंहकारी बनने का पुरूषार्थ करना नहीं पड़ता है . niranhakārī bannē kā purūṣhārth karnā nahī̃ paṛtā hai . nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . egoless become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

285You will not have to make the effort to become egoless.

227निर्माणता हर एक के मन में , आपके लिए प्यार का स्थान बना देती है . nirmāntā har ēk kē|K man mē̃ , āpkē liē pyār kā sthān banā dētī hai . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . x each one (of|K) mind in , you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) love of place (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .

286Humility will give you a place of love in the heart of each one.

228निर्माणता हर एक के मन से आपके प्रति दुआयें निकालेगी . nirmāntā har ēk kē|K man sē āpkē prati duāyē̃ nikālēgī . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] prati duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikālnā[fut.f.sg.23] . x each one (of|K) mind from you[.kē] for blessing x[fut.f.sg.23] .

287Humility will enable you to receive blessings from the heart of each one.

229बहुत दुआयें मिलेंगी . bahut duāyē̃ milē̃gī . bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . very blessing receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

288You will receive many blessings.

230दुआयें , पुरूषार्थ में लिफ्ट से भी राकेट बन जायेंगी . duāyē̃ , purūṣhārth mē̃ lift sē bhī rocket ban jāyēṅgī . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] lift sē[postp.] bhī[p.] rocket bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . blessing , effort in lift from too rocket become[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

289In your efforts, from a lift, blessings will become a rocket. 290Such is humility!

231निर्माणता ऐसी चीज़ है . nirmāntā aisī chīz hai . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x such thing be[pres.sg.23] . 232कैसा भी कोई होगा , चाहे बिजी हो , चाहे कठोर दिल वाला हो , चाहे क्रोधी हो , लेकिन निर्माणता आपको सर्व द्वारा सहयोग दिलाने के निमित्त बन जायेगी . kaisā bhī kōī hōgā , chāhē busy hō , chāhē kaṭhōr dil vālā hō , chāhē krōdhī hō , lēkin nirmāntā āpkō sarv dvārā sahyōg dilānē kē nimitt ban jāyēgī . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] busy hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaṭhōr[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] krōdhī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sarv[adj.] dvārā sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . how too some be[fut.m.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) busy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) hard heart those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) angry (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but x you[.kō] all through cooperation x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

291No matter what others are like, whether they are busy, whether they are hard­ hearted, whether they are angry, your humility will become the instrument to enable you to receive co­operation from everyone.

233निर्माण , हर एक के संस्कार से स्वयं को चला सकता है . nirmāṇ , har ēk kē|K saṅskār sē svayã kō chalā saktā hai . nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] svayã kō[postp.] chalānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . creation , each one (of|K) sanskar from x to x[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

292Those who are humble will conduct themselves according to each one’s sanskars.

234रीयल गोल्ड होने के कारण स्वयं को मोल्ड करने की विशेषता होती है . real gold hōnē kē|K kāraṇ svayã kō mould karnē kī|key viśhēṣhtā hōtī hai . real gold[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã kō[postp.] mould karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because x to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speciality be[pres.sg.f.23] .

293Because they are real gold they will have the speciality to mould themselves.

235तो बापदादा ने देखा है कि बोल-चाल में भी , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में भी , सेवा में भी एक दो के साथ निर्माण स्वभाव विजय प्राप्त करा देता है . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki bōl-chāl mē̃ bhī , sambandh-sampark mē̃ bhī , sēvā mē̃ bhī ēk dō kē sāth nirmāṇ svabhāv vijay prāpt karā dētā hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bōl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kē sāth[x] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . then BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that words and behaviour in too , x in too , service in too one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) with creation nature victory reached make commit[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .

294BapDada has seen that the nature of humility enables you to gain victory in your words and in your interactions, in your connections and relationships and in service.

236इसलिए इस वर्ष में विशेष बापदादा इस वर्ष को निर्माण , निर्मल वर्ष का नाम दे रहे हैं . isliē is varṣh mē̃ viśhēṣh bāpdādā is varṣh kō nirmāṇ , nirmal varṣh kā nām dē rahē haĩ . isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nirmal[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore this year in special BapDada this year to creation , x year of name give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

295This is why BapDada wants to give this year the title of “The year to become humble, pure and clean”.

237वर्ष मनायेंगे ना . varṣh manāyēṅgē nā . varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . year celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

296You will celebrate this year, will you not?

238मनाना माना बनना . manānā mānā bannā . manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

297To celebrate means to become.

239सिर्फ कहना नहीं , हाँ यह वर्ष है . sirph kahnā nahī̃ , hā̃ yah varṣh hai . sirph[adj.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , hā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only say[inf.m.sg.d.] not , yes this year be[pres.sg.23] .

298Don’t just speak about it: Yes this is the year.

240बनना है . bannā hai . bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

299Become it!

241बनना है ना  ? bannā hai nā  ? bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

300You have to become it, do you not?

242बस ऐसे बोलो जो सब कहें और भी मोती हमको सुनाओ , मोती दो . bas aisē bōlō jō sab kahē̃ aur bhī mōtī hamkō sunāō , mōtī dō . basnā[root]|bas aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur bhī[p.] mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . (x[root]|simply) such speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all say[opt.pl.12hon3] and too pearl we[.kō] speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pearl (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

301Those at the back, you have to become it, do you not? 302Everyone should say to you: Tell us more pearls!

243ऐसे नहीं कहें - नहीं , नहीं यह तो सुनो नहीं , जाओ . aisē nahī̃ kahē̃ - nahī̃ , nahī̃ yah tō sunō nahī̃ , jāō . aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] - nahī̃[neg] , nahī̃[neg] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] , jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . it isn't that say[opt.pl.12hon3] - not , not this then listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

303Give us pearls! 304They should not say: Don’t listen to that, go away!

244ऐसे नहीं . aisē nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] . it isn't that . 245हीरे-मोती मुख से निकलें . hīrē-mōtī mukh sē nikalē̃ . hīrā-mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . diamond and pearl mouth from be extracted[opt.pl.12hon3] .

305Such diamonds and pearls should emerge from your lips.

246अभिमान से बोलने से किसको दुःख क्यों देते हो  ! abhimān sē bōlnē sē kiskō duḥkh kyō̃ dētē hō  ! abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kyō̃ dēnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ! arrogance from speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] from who[.kō] (sorrow|hurt[root]) why give[pres.pl.m.2]  !

306Why do you cause sorrow to others by speaking with ego?

247दुःख के खाते में जमा तो होगा ना . duḥkh kē|K khātē mē̃ jamā tō hōgā nā . duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|K) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) then be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

307It will accumulate in your account of causing sorrow, will it not?

248आप समझते हो क्या हुआ बोल दिया , ऐसे ही तो है . āp samajhtē hō kyā huā bōl diyā , aisē hī tō hai . āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you understand[pres.pl.m.2] what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , such only then be[pres.sg.23] .

308You might think: So what if I spoke like that , because it is like that!

249लेकिन दुःख के खाते में जमा होता है . lēkin duḥkh kē|K khātē mē̃ jamā hōtā hai . lēkin duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|K) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

309However, it still accumulates in your account of causing sorrow.

250समझा . samjhā . samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) .

310Do you understand.

251इसीलिए एकाउन्ट रखना . isīliē account rakhnā . isīliē account rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x account keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

311Therefore, keep an account.

252ऐसे नहीं अभी तो एकाउन्ट दे दिया  ? aisē nahī̃ abhī tō account dē diyā  ? aisē nahī̃[x] ab[adv.hī] tō account dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]  ? it isn't that now then account give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]  ? 253रखने से फायदा है . rakhnē sē phāydā hai . rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from profit be[pres.sg.23] .

312You should not think that you have already given your account.

254बापदादा ने देखा कइयों ने पुरूषार्थ अच्छा किया है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā kaiyō̃ nē purūṣhārth achchhā kiyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kaī nē[postp.] puruṣhārth achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] some ∅ effort achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

313There is benefit in keeping it. 314BapDada saw that many have made good effort.

255अटेन्शन दिया है . attention diyā hai . attention dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . attention give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

315They have paid attention.

256तो क्या याद रखेंगे  ? tō kyā yād rakhē̃gē  ? tō kyā yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what remember  ?

316So, what will you remember?

257निर्माण . nirmāṇ . nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . creation .

317Humility.

258तब निर्माण का कर्त्तव्य फटाफट होगा . tab nirmāṇ kā karttavya phaṭāphaṭ hōgā . tab nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] phaṭāphaṭ[adv.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . for only then creation of activity very quickly be[fut.m.sg.23] .

318Then the task of renewal will happen very fast.

259निर्माण बनो , निर्माण करो . nirmāṇ banō , nirmāṇ karō . nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . creation become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , creation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

319Become humble (nirman) and carry out renewal (nirman).

260फिर आपेही बोलेंगे , बाबा अभी तो छिम-छिम हो गई है . phir āpēhī bōlē̃gē , bābā abhī tō chim-chim hō gaī hai . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āpēhī bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bābā ab[adv.hī] tō x hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) automatically speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Baba now then x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

320Then you yourselves will say: Baba, now there is a sparkle and uniqueness.

261होनी ही है . hōnī hī hai . hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

321It has to happen.

262सारे विश्व की आत्मायें अहो प्रभु कहके भी आपके आगे झुकनी हैं . sārē viśhva kī|key ātmāyē̃ ahō prabhu kahkē bhī āpkē āgē jhuknī haĩ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ahō prabhu kahnā[conj.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē jhuknā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . the whole world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) soul O God say[conj.] too you[.kē] previously x[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .

322The souls of the whole world will say, “Oh God!”, and bow down in front of you.

263तो सुना वर्ष की सेवा का सुनाया ना  ! tō sunā varṣh kī|key sēvā kā sunāyā nā  ! tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā  ! then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service of speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅  !

323Therefore, you heard about service for the year, did you not?

264अभी देखेंगे कौन-सा सेन्टर , कौन-सा ज़ोन , ज़ोन में भी कौन-सा सेन्टर इस विधि से वारिस निकालते हैं . abhī dēkhē̃gē kaun-sā centre , kaun-sā zone , zone mē̃ bhī kaun-sā centre is vidhi sē vāris nikāltē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre , kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone , zone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] which centre , which zone , zone in too which centre this method from heir x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

324Now it will be seen which centre, which zone, within a zone also, which centre will make heirs emerge with this method.

265अभी कोई वारिसों की छिम-छिम करो . abhī kōī vārisō̃ kī|key chim-chim karō . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now some heir (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

325Now, let there be a shower of heirs.

266वह होगी अनुभूति कराने से . vah hōgī anubhūti karānē sē . vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] . that be[fut.f.sg.23] experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] from .

326That will happen through giving experience.

267सबसे बड़े ते बड़ी अथॉरिटी अनुभव है . sabsē baṛē tē baṛī authority anubhav hai . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] authority anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the most very from very authority experience be[pres.sg.23] .

327The greatest authority of all is experience.

268अनुभवी को कोई बदल नहीं सकता . anubhavī kō kōī badal nahī̃ saktā . anubhavī[adj.] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . experienced to some (x|change[root]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 269अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

328Nobody can make someone who has had an experience to change his mind.

270डबल फारेनर्स को एक सेकण्ड में कोई भी व्यर्थ बात , कोई भी निगेटिव बात , कोई भी बीती बात , उसको मन से बिन्दी लगाना आता है  ? double foreigners kō ēk second mē̃ kōī bhī vyarth bāt , kōī bhī negative bāt , kōī bhī bītī bāt , uskō man sē bindī lagānā ātā hai  ? double foreigner kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , kōī bhī[x] negative bāt[n.f.;sg.] , kōī bhī[x] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , vah[pn.sg.kō] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? double foreigner to one second in anyone wasteful matter , anyone negative matter , anyone (pass[past-part.f.]|past) matter , that[.kō] mind from point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

329Do the double foreigners know how to put a bindi (a fullstop) in their mind in a second to anything wasteful, to anything negative, to anything of the past?

271डबल फारेनर्स जो समझते हैं कि कैसी भी बीती हुई बात , अच्छी बात तो भूलनी है ही नहीं , भूलनी तो व्यर्थ बातें ही होती हैं . double foreigners jō samajhtē haĩ ki kaisī bhī bītī huī bāt , achchhī bāt tō bhūlnī hai hī nahī̃ , bhūlnī tō vyarth bātē̃ hī hōtī haĩ . double foreigner jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō bhūlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , bhūlnā[inf.f.] tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . double foreigner that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that how too (pass[past-part.f.]|past) be[past-part.f.] matter , achcha matter then forget[pres.sg.23.oblig1] only not , forget[inf.f.] then wasteful matter only be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 272तो कोई भी बात जिसको भूलने चाहते हैं , उसको सेकेण्ड में बिन्दी लगा सकते हैं  ? tō kōī bhī bāt jiskō bhūlnē chāhtē haĩ , uskō second mē̃ bindī lagā saktē haĩ  ? tō kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.sg.kō] bhūlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] second mē̃[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? then anyone matter that[.kō] forget[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kō] second in point attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

330Double foreigners who think that no matter what the situation, you would not forget anything good, it is the wasteful things that have to be forgotten, anything that you wish to forget, are you able to apply a fullstop in a second? 331Are you able to apply a fullstop?

273जो फारेनर्स लगा सकते हैं , वह सीधा , लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . jō foreigners lagā saktē haĩ , vah sīdhā , lambā hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] foreigner lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sīdhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that foreigner attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , that direct , x raise your hands .

332The foreigners who are able to do this, raise your hands! 333Raise your hands up straight!

274मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

334High! 335Congratulations!

275अच्छा , जो समझते हैं कि एक सेकण्ड में नहीं एक घण्टा तो लगेगा ही  ? achchhā , jō samajhtē haĩ ki ēk second mē̃ nahī̃ ēk ghaṇṭā tō lagēgā hī  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.]  ? achcha , that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one second in not one hour then x[fut.m.sg.23] only  ? 276सेकण्ड तो बहुत थोड़ा है ना  ! second tō bahut thōṛā hai nā  ! second tō bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! second then very short be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 277एक घण्टे के बाद बिन्दी लग सकती है , वह हाथ उठाओ . ēk ghaṇṭē kē bād bindī lag saktī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē bād[x] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one hour after point x[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , that raise your hands .

336Achcha. 337Those who think that it would take them an hour, not a second, that a second is too short, that they can put a full­stop in an hour, raise your hands!

278जो घण्टे में बिन्दी लगा सकते हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō ghaṇṭē mē̃ bindī lagā saktē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that hour in point attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , that raise your hands .

338Those who can apply a full stop in an hour raise your hands!

279देखा , फारेनर्स तो बहुत अच्छे हैं . dēkhā , foreigners tō bahut achchhē haĩ . dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , foreigner tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , foreigner then very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

339You see! 340The foreigners are very good.

280भारतवासी भी जो समझते हैं एक घण्टे में नहीं आधे दिन में बिन्दी लग सकती है , वह हाथ उठाओ . bhāratvāsī bhī jō samajhtē haĩ ēk ghaṇṭē mē̃ nahī̃ ādhē din mē̃ bindī lag saktī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . bhāratvāsī[adj.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ādhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . people of Bharat too that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one hour in not half day in point x[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , that raise your hands .

341The Bharatwasis who think that, not in an hour, but that they can put a full­stop in half a day, raise your hands!

281 ( कोई ने हाथ नहीं उठाया ) हैं तो सही , बापदादा को पता है . ( kōī nē hāth nahī̃ uṭhāyā ) haĩ tō sahī , bāpdādā kō patā hai . ( kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( some ∅ hand not uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) be[pres.pl.12hon3] then x , BapDada to knowledge be[pres.sg.23] . 282बापदादा तो देखता रहता है , हाथ नहीं उठाते , लेकिन लगता है . bāpdādā tō dēkhtā rahtā hai , hāth nahī̃ uṭhātē , lēkin lagtā hai . bāpdādā tō dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada then see[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] , hand not uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , but x[pres.sg.m.23] .

342There are some, BapDada knows. 343BapDada keeps seeing that they are not raising their hands, but it does take them that time. 344However, think about it!

283लेकिन समझो आधा दिन लगे , एक घण्टा लगे और आपको एडवांस पार्टी का निमन्त्रण आ जाए तो  ? lēkin samjhō ādhā din lagē , ēk ghaṇṭā lagē aur āpkō advance party kā nimantraṇ ā jāē tō  ? lēkin samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur āp[pn.pl.kō] advance party[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō  ? but understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] half day (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) , one hour (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) and you[.kō] advance party of invitation come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then  ?

345If it takes you half a day or an hour and you receive an invitation to be part of the advance party, what would happen?

284तो क्या रिज़ल्ट होगी  ? tō kyā result hōgī  ? tō kyā result hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? then what result be[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

346What would be the result?

285अन्त मते सो गति क्या होगी  ? ant matē sō gati kyā hōgī  ? ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? end x (x|sleep[root]) speed what be[fut.f.sg.23]  ? 286समझदार तो हो ना  ? samajhdār tō hō nā  ? samajhdār[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? sensible then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

347What would your final thoughts be that lead you to your destination?

287इसलिए अपनी मनसा को बिज़ी रखेंगे ना , मनसा सेवा का टाइमटेबुल बनायेंगे अपना तो बिन्दी लगाने की आवश्यकता नहीं पड़ेगी . isliē apnī mansā kō busy rakhē̃gē nā , mansā sēvā kā timetable banāyēṅgē apnā tō bindī lagānē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ paṛēgī . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mansā kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time table banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] tō bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . therefore one’s own through the mind to busy keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , through the mind service of timetable create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (one’s own|adopt[root]) then point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need not fall[fut.f.sg.23] .

348You are sensible, are you not? 349Therefore, you keep your mind busy. 350Create a timetable of your service through your mind then it will not be necessary to apply a full stop.

288बस , होंगे ही बिन्दी रूप . bas , hōṅgē hī bindī rūp . basnā[root]|bas , hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x[root]|simply) , be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only point Rup .

351You will become the form of a point.

289इसलिए अभी अपने मन का टाइमटेबुल फिक्स करो . isliē abhī apnē man kā timetable fix karō . isliē ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time table fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore now one’s own mind of timetable fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

352Therefore, now fix a timetable for your mind.

290मन को सदा बिज़ी रखो , खाली नहीं रखो . man kō sadā busy rakhō , khālī nahī̃ rakhō . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mind to constantly busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , empty not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

353Always keep your mind busy! 354Don’t keep it empty.

291फिर मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . phir mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . (then|turn[root]) effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .

355Otherwise, you will have to make effort.

292ऊँचे-ते-ऊँचे भगवन के बच्चे हो , तो आपका तो एक-एक सेकण्ड का टाइमटेबुल फिक्स होना चाहिए . ū̃cē-tē-ū̃cē bhagvan kē|K bachchē hō , tō āpkā tō ēk-ēk second kā timetable fix hōnā chāhiē . x bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō āp[pn.pl.kā] tō ēk[adj.] second kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time table fix hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . x God (of|K) child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then you[.kā] then one second of timetable fix (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

356You are the children of God, the Highest on High. 357Therefore, every second of your timetable should be fixed.

293क्यों नहीं बिन्दी लगती , उसका कारण क्या  ? kyō̃ nahī̃ bindī lagtī , uskā kāraṇ kyā  ? kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres-part.f.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā  ? why not point x[pres-part.f.] , that[.kā] because what  ?

358Why are you not able to put a fullstop?

294ब्रेक पावरफुल नहीं है . brake powerful nahī̃ hai . brake powerful nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . brake powerful not be[pres.sg.23] .

359What is the reason for this?

295शक्तियों का स्टॉक जमा नहीं है इसीलिए सेकण्ड में स्टॉप नहीं कर सकते . śhaktiyō̃ kā stock jamā nahī̃ hai isīliē second mē̃ stop nahī̃ kar saktē . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē second mē̃[postp.] stop nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Shakti of stock (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not be[pres.sg.23] x second in stop not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

360The brake is not powerful. 361The stock of powers has not been accumulated.

296कई बच्चे कोशिश बहुत करते हैं , जब बापदादा देखते हैं मेहनत बहुत कर रहे हैं , यह नहीं हो , यह नहीं हो … कहते हैं नहीं हो लेकिन होता रहता है . kaī bachchē kōśhiśh bahut kartē haĩ , jab bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ mēhnat bahut kar rahē haĩ , yah nahī̃ hō , yah nahī̃ hō … kahtē haĩ nahī̃ hō lēkin hōtā rahtā hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jab bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] … kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . some child try very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , when BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] effort very do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) … say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

362This is why you are unable to put a fullstop in a second. 363Some children try very hard. 364When BapDada sees that the children are trying very hard, if not this way they try another way…

297बापदादा को बच्चों की मेहनत अच्छी नहीं लगती . bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kī|key mēhnat achchhī nahī̃ lagtī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . BapDada to child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) effort achcha not x[pres-part.f.] .

365They don’t want it to happen, but it keeps happening.

298कारण यह है , जैसे देखो रावण को मारते भी हैं , लेकिन सिर्फ मारने से छोड़ नहीं देते हैं , जलाते हैं और जलाके फिर हड्डियाँ जो हैं , वह आजकल तो नदी में डाल देते हैं . kāraṇ yah hai , jaisē dēkhō rāvaṇ kō mārtē bhī haĩ , lēkin sirph mārnē sē chhōṛ nahī̃ dētē haĩ , jalātē haĩ aur jalākē phir haḍḍiyā̃ jō haĩ , vah ājkal tō nadī mē̃ ḍāl dētē haĩ . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mārnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin sirph[adj.] mārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur jalānā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] haḍḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ājkal tō nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . because this be[pres.sg.23] , like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Ravan to beat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but only beat[inf.m.pl.,o.] from renounce[root] not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and burn[abs.] (then|turn[root]) bone that be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that nowadays then river in create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

366BapDada doesn’t like the children having to labour. 367What is the reason? 368You see that they kill Ravan, but they don’t stop at simply killing him. 369They burn him, and nowadays they throw the ashes in the river.

299कोई भी मनुष्य मरता है तो हड्डियाँ भी नदी में डाल देते हैं तभी समाप्ति होती है . kōī bhī manuṣhya martā hai tō haḍḍiyā̃ bhī nadī mē̃ ḍāl dētē haĩ tabhī samāpti hōtī hai . kōī bhī[x] manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] marnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō haḍḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] tabhī samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . anyone human being die[pres.sg.m.23] then bone too river in create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] x completion be[pres.sg.f.23] .

370When someone dies, they throw his ashes in the river. 371Then it is completed.

300तो आप क्या करते हो  ? tō āp kyā kartē hō  ? tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then you what do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

372And what do you do?

301ज्ञान की प्वाइंटस से , धारणा की प्वाइंट्स से उस बात रूपी रावण को मार तो देते हो लेकिन योग अग्नि में स्वाहा नहीं करते हो . gyān kī|key points sē , dhārṇā kī|key points sē us bāt rūpī rāvaṇ kō mār tō dētē hō lēkin yōg agni mē̃ svāhā nahī̃ kartē hō . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key point sē[postp.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key point sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] rūpī[adj.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mārnā[root] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] mē̃[postp.] svāhā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . knowledge (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) point from , dharna (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) point from that matter in the form of Ravan to beat[root] then give[pres.pl.m.2] but yoga fire in sacrificed not do[pres.pl.m.2] .

373You kill Ravan in the form of the situation with the points of knowledge and the points of dharna, but you do not burn him in the fire of yoga.

302और फिर जो कुछ बातों की हड्डियाँ बच जाती हैं ना - वह ज्ञान सागर बाप के अर्पण कर दो . aur phir jō kuchh bātō̃ kī|key haḍḍiyā̃ bach jātī haĩ nā - vah gyān sāgar bāp kē|K arpaṇ kar dō . aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] jō kuchh[x] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key haḍḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bachnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] nā - vah[pn.sg.d.] gyān sāgar[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K arpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . and (then|turn[root]) whatever matter (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) bone x[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ - that Ocean of Knowledge father (of|K) surrender do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

374The ashes of the situation have to be handed over to the Father, the Ocean of Knowledge.

303तीन काम करो - एक काम नहीं करो . tīn kām karō - ēk kām nahī̃ karō . tīn[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ēk[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (lust|task) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - one (lust|task) not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

375Carry out three tasks, don’t carry out one task.

304आप समझते हो पुरूषार्थ तो किया ना , मुरली भी पढ़ी , 10 बारी मुरली पढ़ी फिर भी आ गई क्योंकि आपने योग अग्नि में जलाया नहीं , स्वाहा नहीं किया . āp samajhtē hō purūṣhārth tō kiyā nā , murlī bhī paṛhī , 10 bārī murlī paṛhī phir bhī ā gaī kyōṅki āpnē yōg agni mē̃ jalāyā nahī̃ , svāhā nahī̃ kiyā . āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] puruṣhārth tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] paṛhnā[past-part.f.] , 10 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛhnā[past-part.f.] phir bhī[x] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.nē] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] mē̃[postp.] jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , svāhā nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you understand[pres.pl.m.2] effort then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , flute too study[past-part.f.] , 10 x flute study[past-part.f.] nevertheless come[past-part.f..root+jānā] because you[.nē] yoga fire in burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , sacrificed not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

376You think that you have made effort, that you listened to the murli, that you read the murli ten times. 377And yet, the situation came up again because you didn’t burn it in the fire of yoga. 378You did not sacrifice it.

305अग्नि के बाद नाम निशान गुम हो जाता है फिर उसको भी बाप सागर में डाल दो , समाप्त . agni kē bād nām niśhān gum hō jātā hai phir uskō bhī bāp sāgar mē̃ ḍāl dō , samāpt . agni[x] kē bād[x] nām niśhān[x] gum[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , samāpt[adj.] . fire after x disappeared be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] (then|turn[root]) that[.kō] too father ocean in create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , finished .

379After a fire, all name and trace of that thing vanishes. 380Whatever is left, throw that in the Father, the Ocean.

306इसलिए इस वर्ष में बापदादा हर बच्चे को व्यर्थ से मुक्त देखने चाहते हैं . isliē is varṣh mē̃ bāpdādā har|her bachchē kō vyarth sē mukt dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore this year in BapDada (x[root]|x) child to wasteful from free see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 307मुक्त वर्ष मनाओ . mukt varṣh manāō . mukt[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . free year celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

381Finish! 382This year BapDada wishes to see every child free from waste. 383Celebrate this year – the year to be free.

308जो भी कमी हो , उस कमी को मुक्ति दो , क्योंकि जब तक मुक्ति नहीं दी है ना , तो मुक्तिधाम में बाप के साथ नहीं चल सकेंगे . jō bhī kamī hō , us kamī kō mukti dō , kyōṅki jab tak mukti nahī̃ dī hai nā , tō muktidhām mē̃ bāp kē sāth nahī̃ chal sakē̃gē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.o.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , kyōṅki jab tak[x] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , tō muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . that too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that x to liberation (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , because as long as liberation not give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , then land of liberation in father with not continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

384Whatever weakness you have, be free from that weakness. 385Because, until you have given liberation, you will not go with the Father to the land of liberation.

309तो मुक्ति देंगे  ? tō mukti dēgē  ? tō mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then liberation give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

386So, will you give liberation?

310मुक्ति वर्ष मनायेंगे  ? mukti varṣh manāyēṅgē  ? mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? liberation year celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

387Will you celebrate the year of liberation?

311जो मनायेगा वह ऐसे हाथ करे . jō manāyēgā vah aisē hāth karē . jō[pn.;d.] manānā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . that celebrate[fut.m.sg.23] that such hand do[opt.sg.23] .

388Those who will celebrate it, wave your hand.

312मनायेंगे  ? manāyēṅgē  ? manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

389Will you celebrate it?

313एक-दो को देख लिया ना , मनायेंगे ना  ! ēk-dō kō dēkh liyā nā , manāyēṅgē nā  ! ēk-dō kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā , manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! one another to see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ , celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

390You have seen one another. 391You will celebrate it will you not?

314अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

392It is good.

315अगर मुक्ति वर्ष मनाया तो बापदादा जौहरातों से जड़ी हुई थालियों में बहुतबहुत मुबारक , ग्रीटिंग्स , बधाइयाँ देंगे . agar mukti varṣh manāyā tō bāpdādā jauharātō̃ sē jaṛī huī thāliyō̃ mē̃ bahutabahut mubārak , greetings , badhāiyā̃ dēgē . agar mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā javāharāt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jaṛ|jaṛnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] thālī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] x mubārak[n.f.;sg.] , greetings , badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if liberation year celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] then BapDada jewels from (non-conscious|stud[past-part.f.]) be[past-part.f.] plateful in x congratulations , greetings , greetings give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

393If you celebrate the year of liberation BapDada will give you congratulations and greetings in platefuls of jewels.

316अच्छा है , अपने को भी मुक्त करो . achchhā hai , apnē kō bhī mukt karō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mukt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own to too free do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

394It is good. 395Liberate yourself!

317अपने भाई-बहनों को भी दुःख से दूर करो . apnē bhāī-bahanō̃ kō bhī duḥkh sē dūr karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] sē dūr[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own brother and sister to too (sorrow|hurt[root]) distant from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

396Liberate your brothers and sisters from sorrow too.

318बिचारों के मन से यह तो खुशी का आवाज निकले - हमारा बाप आ गया . bichārō̃ kē|K man sē yah tō khuśhī kā āvāj nikalē - hamārā bāp ā gayā . bichārā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] - ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . poor people (of|K) mind from this then happiness of noise (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) - we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

397This sound of happiness should emerge from the hearts of the poor things: Our Father has come.

319ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

398OK.

320अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

399Achcha.

321बाकी दादियां पूछती हैं - बापदादा का प्रोग्राम क्या होगा  ? bākī dādiyā̃ pūchhtī haĩ - bāpdādā kā programme kyā hōgā  ? bākī|bākī dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] - bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? (others|but) Dadi ask[pres.pl.f.12hon3] - BapDada of programme what be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

400The Dadis are asking what BapDada’s programme will be.

322यही क्वेश्चन है ना  ! yahī question hai nā  ! yahī[pn.;d.] question hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! this question be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

401This is the question you have, isn’t it?

323तो बापदादा कहते हैं जैसे अब तक प्रोग्राम चल रहा है , उसी विधि से चलना ही है . tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ jaisē ab tak programme chal rahā hai , usī vidhi sē chalnā hī hai . tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.] tak programme chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , vah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] like now until programme continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , that[.hī] method from continue[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

402So, BapDada says: Just as the programmes have continued until now, so they will continue in the same way.

324बाकी कभी आवश्यकता हुई तो दादियों की दिल पूरी करेंगे , लेकिन आवश्यकता हुई तो . bākī kabhī āvaśhyaktā huī tō dādiyō̃ kī|key dil pūrī karē̃gē , lēkin āvaśhyaktā huī tō . bākī|bākī kabhī[adv.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lēkin āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō . (others|but) ever need be[past-part.f.] then Dadi (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) heart (puri|full) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , but need be[past-part.f.] then .

403If it is necessary, or if there is a need, Baba will fulfil the desire of the Dadis, but only if there is a need.

325दादी समझती है बाप का आना तो बहुत सहज है ना . dādī samajhtī hai bāp kā ānā tō bahut sahaj hai nā . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Dadi understand[pres.sg.f.23] father of (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) then very easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

404Dadi thinks that it is very easy for Baba to come and why doesn’t Baba come more often.

326क्यों नहीं बापदादा आवे . kyō̃ nahī̃ bāpdādā āvē . kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] bāpdādā ānā[opt.sg.23] . why not BapDada come[opt.sg.23] .

405However, regard the chariot too!

327लेकिन रथ को भी तो देखो . lēkin rath kō bhī tō dēkhō . lēkin rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but chariot to too then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 32833 वर्ष पार्ट बजाना भी आफरीन है . 33 varṣh part bajānā bhī āphrīn hai . 33 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] part bajānā[x] bhī[p.] āphrīn hōnā[pres.sg.23] . 33 year play one's part too thanks be[pres.sg.23] .

406It is an aspect of great appreciation to have played this part for thirty­three years.

329इतनी बड़ी शक्तियों को धारण करना , छोटी बात नहीं है . itnī baṛī śhaktiyō̃ kō dhāraṇ karnā , chhōṭī bāt nahī̃ hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[x] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such very Shakti to adopt[x] , small matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

407To adopt such great powers is not a small thing! 408Should Baba tell you what Dadi says?

330दादी क्या करती है बतायें , कोई भी बात होगी कहेगी अभी-अभी जाओ , सन्देश लेके आओ . dādī kyā kartī hai batāyē̃ , kōī bhī bāt hōgī kahēgī abhī-abhī jāō , sandēśh lēkē āō . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.f.23] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] kahnā[fut.f.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sandēśh[x] lēnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Dadi what do[pres.sg.f.23] tell[opt.pl.12hon3] , anyone matter be[fut.f.sg.23] say[fut.f.sg.23] now go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , message take[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

409If there is something, she says (to Dadi Gulzar): Go straight away and bring back a message from Baba!

331तो बच्ची कहती है दादी अभी तो दिन है , रात को जायेंगे . tō bachchī kahtī hai dādī abhī tō din hai , rāt kō jāyēṅgē . tō bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] tō din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then girl say[pres.sg.f.23] Dadi now then day be[pres.sg.23] , night to go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

410The child replies: Dadi, it’s now daytime, I will go at night.

332नहीं , नहीं , अभी-अभी जाओ . nahī̃ , nahī̃ , abhī-abhī jāō . nahī̃[neg] , nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not , not , now go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

411No, no, go right now! 412She has to die.

333मरना तो पड़ता है ना . marnā tō paṛtā hai nā . marnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . die[inf.m.sg.d.] then fall[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

413One has to die from the body.

334शरीर से तो मरना पड़ता है ना . śharīr sē tō marnā paṛtā hai nā . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō marnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] nā . body from then die[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ∅ . 335चाहे सन्देश हो , चाहे बापदादा की पधरामनी हो . chāhē sandēśh hō , chāhē bāpdādā kī|key padhrāmanī hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sandēśh[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key padhrāmaṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) message (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

414Whether it’s to bring back a message or to invoke BapDada to come for a meeting.

336पधरामनी तो बड़ी बात है लेकिन सन्देश में भी अशरीरी , मीठा मरना है लेकिन मरना तो है ना  ! padhrāmanī tō baṛī bāt hai lēkin sandēśh mē̃ bhī aśharīrī , mīṭhā marnā hai lēkin marnā tō hai nā  ! padhrāmaṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sandēśh[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aśharīrī[adj.] , mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] marnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin marnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! x then very matter be[pres.sg.23] but message in too bodiless , sweet die[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but die[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

415BapDada's coming is a big thing, but for a message too there has to be bodilessness. 416It is a sweet dying, but it is still dying, is it not?

337इसलिए फिर भी बापदादा का दादियों के लिए बहुतबहुत - बहुत रिगार्ड और प्यार है . isliē phir bhī bāpdādā kā dādiyō̃ kē liē bahutabahut - bahut regard aur pyār hai . isliē phir bhī[x] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] x - bahut regard aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore nevertheless BapDada of Dadi for x - very regard and love be[pres.sg.23] .

417Therefore, BapDada has lots and lots and lots of regard and love for the Dadis.

338प्यार की रस्सी में बांधना अच्छी तरह से आता है . pyār kī|key rassī mē̃ bāndhnā achchhī tarah sē ātā hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rassī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāndhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) rope in tie[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha x from come[pres.sg.m.23] .

418They know how to tie Baba with the thread of love very well.

339अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

419Achcha.

340मीटिंग के भाई-बहनों से जो भी मीटिंग के लिए आये हैं वह उठो . meeting kē|K bhāī-bahanō̃ sē jō bhī meeting kē liē āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . meeting kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] meeting kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . meeting (of|K) brother and sister from that too meeting for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

420To the brothers and sisters from India who have come for the meeting: 421Those who have come for the meeting, stand up!

341अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

422Achcha.

342और भी आने वाले होंगे . aur bhī ānē vālē hōṅgē . aur bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and too (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

423There must be more to come.

343मीटिंग में इसी विधि से सर्विस के प्लैन बनाना और मुक्त वर्ष मनाने की सहज विधि बताना - एक दो को राय देना . meeting mē̃ isī vidhi sē service kē|K plan banānā aur mukt varṣh manānē kī|key sahaj vidhi batānā - ēk dō kō rāy dēnā . meeting mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur mukt[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . meeting in this[.hī] method from service (of|K) plan create[inf.m.sg.d.] and free year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) easy method tell[inf.m.sg.d.] - one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to (x) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

424Make plans in the meeting with this method. 425Create an easy method and give advice to one another to celebrate the year of liberation.

344इस वर्ष में सब मुक्त हो जाएं . is varṣh mē̃ sab mukt hō jāē̃ . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . this year in all free be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

426Everyone should become liberated during this year.

345हो सकता है  ? hō saktā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

427Is this possible?

346एक वर्ष में हो सकता है  ? ēk varṣh mē̃ hō saktā hai  ? ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? one year in be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

428Is it possible in one year?

347बोलो , हो सकता है  ? bōlō , hō saktā hai  ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

429Speak! 430Is it possible?

348हाँ तो बहुत अच्छी कर रहे हैं , दिल खुश कर दिया . hā̃ tō bahut achchhī kar rahē haĩ , dil khuśh kar diyā . hā̃ tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . yes then very achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , heart happy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .

431You are saying yes very well. 432You have pleased Baba’s heart.

349ऐसे ही खुश करना . aisē hī khuśh karnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only happy do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

433Continue to please Him in this way.

350बस हर एक अपने को मुक्त करो , दूसरे को नहीं देखो . bas har ēk apnē kō mukt karō , dūsrē kō nahī̃ dēkhō . basnā[root]|bas har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|simply) each one one’s own to free do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , other to not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

434Let each one of you liberate yourselves; don’t look at others!

351अपनी जिम्मेवारी तो ले सकते हो ना . apnī jimmēvārī tō lē saktē hō nā . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā . one’s own responsibility then take[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ .

435You can take responsibility for yourself, can you not?

352अगर हर एक ने अपनी-अपनी जिम्मेवारी ले ली तो सब हो जायेगा . agar har ēk nē apnī-apnī jimmēvārī lē lī tō sab hō jāyēgā . agar har ēk[x] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] tō sab[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . if each one ∅ one’s own responsibility take[past-part.f..root+lēnā] then all be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

436If each one of you takes responsibility for yourself, everything will happen.

353आपको फालो करने वाले आपेही फालो करेंगे . āpkō follow karnē vālē āpēhī follow karē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.kō] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āpēhī follow karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you[.kō] follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who automatically follow do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

437Those who are to follow you, will themselves follow you.

354एक्जैम्पुल तो बनो ना . example tō banō nā . example tō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . example then become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .

438At least become examples!

355अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

439Achcha.

356तो ऐसा प्लैन बनाना . tō aisā plan banānā . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then such plan create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

440Therefore, make such plans.

357यह कांफरेंस हुई , यह भाषण हुआ , यह नहीं . yah kāmpharē̃s huī , yah bhāṣhaṇ huā , yah nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] x hōnā[past-part.f.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . this x be[past-part.f.] , this lecture be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this not .

441This conference happened, that lecture happened… not this.

358मन की स्थिति के प्रोग्राम बनाना . man kī|key sthiti kē|K programme banānā . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (of|K) programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

442Make programmes for the stage of the mind.

359अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

443Achcha.

360सेवा का टर्न - राजस्थान , इन्दौर का है - सेवाधारी बहुत हैं . sēvā kā turn - rājasthān , Indore kā hai - sēvādhārī bahut haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum - rājasthān , Indore kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service of you - x , Indore of be[pres.sg.23] - server very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

444It is the turn of Rajasthan and Indore for service: 445There are many servers.

361ग्रुप भी बड़ा है ना  ! group bhī baṛā hai nā  ! group bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! group too very be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

446This too is a big group, isn’t it! 447Achcha.

362अच्छा सभी ने अपने पुण्य का खाता जमा किया  ! achchhā sabhī nē apnē puṇya kā khātā jamā kiyā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! achcha all ∅ one’s own accounts of charity accumulate  ! 363दुआयें ली  ? duāyē̃ lī  ? duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[past-part.f.]  ? blessing take[past-part.f.]  ?

448Did you all accumulate in your account of charity and claim blessings?

364यह बहुत सहज विधि है , जमा करने में सबसे सहज विधि है , दुआयें दो अर्थात् दुआयें लो . yah bahut sahaj vidhi hai , jamā karnē mē̃ sabsē sahaj vidhi hai , duāyē̃ dō arthāt duāyē̃ lō|low . yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sabsē sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] arthāt duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . this very easy method be[pres.sg.23] , (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in the most easy method be[pres.sg.23] , blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) that is blessing (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .

449This is a very easy method. 450The easiest method of all for accumulation is to give blessings, that is, to receive blessings.

365दुआयें देना ही दुआ लेना है . duāyē̃ dēnā hī duā lēnā hai . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] only blessing take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

451To give blessings is also to receive blessings.

366तो आप सबने दुआओं का खाता जमा किया , तो आपके खाते में मार्क्स जमा हो गई हैं . tō āp sabnē duāō̃ kā khātā jamā kiyā , tō āpkē khātē mē̃ marks jamā hō gaī haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabnē duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō āp[pn.pl.kē] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mark jamnā[x] jānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . then you x blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) accumulate , then you[.kē] (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in mark x[x] go[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

452So all of you have accumulated in the account of blessings. 453Therefore, marks have been accumulated in your account.

367अच्छा है , यह भी एक चांस मिलता है . achchhā hai , yah bhī ēk chance miltā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this too one chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

454It is good that you receive this chance as well.

368तो पहले सुनाया था ना - वह होते हैं युनिवर्सिटी के चांसलर , आप हो पुण्य के खाते का चांस लेने वाले चांसलर . tō pahlē sunāyā thā nā - vah hōtē haĩ university kē|K chancellor , āp hō puṇya kē|K khātē kā chance lēnē vālē chancellor . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā - vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] university kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chancellor , āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chancellor . then (x|firstly) speak[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ - that be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] university (of|K) chancellor , you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) charity (of|K) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) of chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who chancellor .

455You have been told this before as well. 456They are chancellors of universities, but you are the chancellors who take the chance for an account of charity.

369तो बहुत अच्छा किया . tō bahut achchhā kiyā . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

457Everyone did good service.

370सभी ने अच्छी सेवा की . sabhī nē achchhī sēvā kī|key . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . all ∅ achcha service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .

458You gave happiness to everyone.

371सबको सुख दिया . sabkō sukh diyā . sabkō sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . everything happiness give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

459Did you all remain well?

372ठीक रहे ना  ! ṭhīk rahē nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā  ! OK (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅  !

460Was the service done well?

373सेवा ठीक रही  ? sēvā ṭhīk rahī  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[past-part.f.]  ? service OK remain[past-part.f.]  ?

461Those at the back, did you remain well?

374सेवा में कोई तकलीफ तो नहीं हुई  ? sēvā mē̃ kōī taklīph tō nahī̃ huī  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.]  ? service in some difficulty then not be[past-part.f.]  ? 375नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .

462You didn’t experience any difficulty in service, did you?

376बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

463No! 464Very good.

377कल्चरल विंग , सोशल विंग और सिक्यूरिटी विंग की मीटिंग चल रही हैcultural wing , social wing aur sikyūriṭī wing kī|key meeting chal rahī haicultural wing , social wing aur x wing kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key meeting chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23]x wing , x wing and x wing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) meeting continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23]

465A meeting is going on of the Cultural Wing, the Social Wing and the Security Wing:

378कल्चरल वर्ग - कल्चरल वर्ग वाले सभी कल्चरल करने वाली आत्माओं को ब्राह्मण कल्चर भी सिखाते हो ना  ! cultural varg - cultural varg vālē sabhī cultural karnē vālī ātmāō̃ kō brāhmaṇ culture bhī sikhātē hō nā  ! cultural varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] - cultural varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] cultural karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] culture bhī[p.] sikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! x profession - x profession those who all x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul to Brahmin culture too teach[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

466Those of you from the Cultural Wing also teach those who perform cultural events Brahmin culture as well, do you not?

379तो कल्चरल और कल्चर दोनों ही सिखाते सभी आत्माओं को बाप के समीप लाते रहो . tō cultural aur culture dōnō̃ hī sikhātē sabhī ātmāō̃ kō bāp kē|K samīp lātē rahō . tō cultural aur culture dōnō̃ hī[p.] sikhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . then x and culture x only teach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all soul to father (of|K) close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

467So you teach them cultural items, as well as culture, both, and bring all souls close to the Father.

380कल्चरल तो मनोरंजन है , तो सदा मनोरंजन कैसे रहे , वह शिक्षा वा वह विधि भी सिखाके सभी को सदा खुश बनाना . cultural tō manōrañjan hai , tō sadā manōrañjan kaisē rahē , vah śhikṣhā vā vah vidhi bhī sikhākē sabhī kō sadā khuśh banānā . cultural tō manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō sadā manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] vā vah[pn.sg.d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sikhānā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sadā khuśh[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x then entertainment be[pres.sg.23] , then constantly entertainment how (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , that teachings or that method too teach[abs.] all to constantly happy create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

468Cultural items are entertainment. 469How can there always be entertainment? 470Teach these teachings and method to everyone and make them constantly happy.

381अच्छा है यह भी सर्विस का साधन अच्छा है . achchhā hai yah bhī service kā sādhan achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] this too service of facilities achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

471It is good. 472This is also a good method of service.

382लेकिन दोनों साथ-साथ हों . lēkin dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hō̃ . lēkin dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . but x x be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

473However, both should happen together.

383तो सब सेवा में सन्तुष्ट हो ना  ! tō sab sēvā mē̃ santuṣhṭ hō nā  ! tō sab[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! then all service in content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

474All of you are content in service, are you not? 475Achcha.

384सन्तुष्ट हो  ? santuṣhṭ hō  ? santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

476Those of Security.

385सिक्यूरिटी वाले - मन की सिक्यूरिटी , तन की सिक्यूरिटी और धन की सिक्यूरिटी तीनों ही सिक्यूरिटी आज के जमाने में बहुत आवश्यक हैं . sikyūriṭī vālē - man kī|key sikyūriṭī , tan kī|key sikyūriṭī aur dhan kī|key sikyūriṭī tīnō̃ hī sikyūriṭī āj kē|K jamānē mē̃ bahut āvaśhyak haĩ . x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x , tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x aur dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] x āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x those who - mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x , body (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x and wealth (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x all three only x today (of|K) make firm[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

477Security of the mind, security of the body and security of wealth, all three securities are very essential in today’s world. 478Firstly, there has to be security from the vices in the mind of souls.

38699 सिक्यूरिटी वालों को पहले आत्माओं को मन से विकारों की सिक्यूरिटी और तन से बुरे कर्म करने की सिक्यूरिटी और धन को सफल करने की सिक्यूरिटी … तो तीनों ही काम करते हो ना  ! 99 sikyūriṭī vālō̃ kō pahlē ātmāō̃ kō man sē vikārō̃ kī|key sikyūriṭī aur tan sē burē karma karnē kī|key sikyūriṭī aur dhan kō saphal karnē kī|key sikyūriṭī … tō tīnō̃ hī kām kartē hō nā  ! 99 x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vikār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x aur tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] burā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x aur dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x … tō tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! 99 x those who to (x|firstly) soul to mind from vice (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x and body from bad deed do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x and wealth to successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x … then all three only (lust|task) do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

479With the body there has to be security from negative actions and there has to be security of using wealth in a worthwhile way. 480You carry out all three tasks, do you not! 481You don’t just carry out physical security, do you?

387या सिर्फ सिक्यूरिटी स्थूल तो नहीं करते ना , पहले मन की सिक्यूरिटी , जितनी अपने मन की सिक्यूरिटी होगी , उतनी ही दूसरे को भी मन की सिक्यूरिटी में आगे बढ़ा सकेंगे . yā sirph sikyūriṭī sthūl tō nahī̃ kartē nā , pahlē man kī|key sikyūriṭī , jitnī apnē man kī|key sikyūriṭī hōgī , utnī hī dūsrē kō bhī man kī|key sikyūriṭī mē̃ āgē baṛhā sakē̃gē . yā sirph[adj.] x sthūl[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x , jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hī[p.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . or only x physical then not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ , (x|firstly) mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x , the more one’s own mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[fut.f.sg.23] , x only other to too mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x in previously increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

482First there has to be security of the mind. 483The greater the security of your mind, the more you will be able to help others move forward in the security of their mind.

388अच्छा काम है , बहुत आवश्यक कार्य है . achchhā kām hai , bahut āvaśhyak kārya hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut āvaśhyak[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] , very x task be[pres.sg.23] .

484This is good work. 485This is an essential task.

389सिक्यूरिटी सबसे आवश्यक है और ऐसे सिक्यूरिटी वाले तो विश्व के लिए बहुत कल्याणकारी आत्मायें हैं . sikyūriṭī sabsē āvaśhyak hai aur aisē sikyūriṭī vālē tō viśhva kē liē bahut kalyāṇkārī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . x sabsē āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bahut kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x the most x be[pres.sg.23] and such x those who then world for very beneficial soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

486Security is most essential, and those who carry out such security are very benevolent souls for the world.

390तो बहुत अच्छा कार्य कर रहे हो और सदा आगे बढ़ते रहना , बढ़ाते रहना . tō bahut achchhā kārya kar rahē hō aur sadā āgē baṛhtē rahnā , baṛhātē rahnā . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur sadā āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then very achcha task do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and constantly previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

487You are carrying out a good task and you constantly keep moving forward and enable others to move forward.

391अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

488Achcha.

392सोशल वर्ग - हर वर्ग का कार्य तो बहुत सुन्दर है . social varg - har|her varg kā kārya tō bahut sundar hai . social varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] - harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut sundar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x profession - (x[root]|x) profession of task then very x be[pres.sg.23] .

489Those from the Social Wing. 490The task of every wing is very beautiful.

393वर्तमान समय में सोशल वर्ग का कार्य भी आवश्यक है . vartamān samay mē̃ social varg kā kārya bhī āvaśhyak hai . vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] social varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . present time in x profession of task too x be[pres.sg.23] .

491At the present time the task of the Social Wing is essential.

394और सोशल वर्कर में विशेषता होती अथक और प्यार से हर कार्य में सोशल वर्क करना . aur social worker mē̃ viśhēṣhtā hōtī athak aur pyār sē har|her kārya mē̃ social work karnā . aur social worker[x] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] athak[adj.] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] social work karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . and x in speciality be[pres-part.f.] x and love from (x[root]|x) task in x x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

492Social workers have the speciality of being tireless in carrying out their social work with love.

395तो आप तो मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हैं , इसलिए अथक भी हैं और हर कार्य में हर विधि से सोशल वर्ग द्वारा आत्माओं का कल्याण कर भी रहे हैं और करते भी रहेंगे . tō āp tō master sarvśhaktivān haĩ , isliē athak bhī haĩ aur har|her kārya mē̃ har|her vidhi sē social varg dvārā ātmāō̃ kā kalyāṇ kar bhī rahē haĩ aur kartē bhī rahē̃gē . tō āp[pn.pl.] tō master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , isliē athak[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] social varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you then master Almighty Authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] , therefore x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and (x[root]|x) task in (x[root]|x) method from x profession through soul of benefit do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

493You are master almighty authorities. 494This is why you are tireless and you are carrying out every task with every method to bring benefit to souls, and you will continue to do this.

396ठीक है ना  ? ṭhīk hai nā  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

495Is this OK?

397बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

496Very good.

398अभी हर एक वर्ग जो बापदादा ने विधि सुनाई उसी विधि प्रमाण प्रोग्राम बनाना . abhī har ēk varg jō bāpdādā nē vidhi sunāī usī vidhi pramāṇ programme banānā . ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now each one profession that BapDada ∅ method speak[past-part.f.] that[.hī] method (under) programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

497Now, every Wing must make their programme according to the method that BapDada has spoken about.

399ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

498Is this OK?

400अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

499Achcha.

401चारों ओर के सर्व होलीएस्ट आत्माओं को , सदा निर्माण बन निर्माण करने वाले बापदादा के समीप आत्माओं को , सदा अपने पुरूषार्थ की विधि को फास्ट , तीव्र कर सम्पन्न बनने वाले स्नेही आत्माओं को , सदा अपने बचत का खाता बढ़ाने वाले तीव्र पुरुषार्थी , तीव्र बुद्धि वाले बच्चों को विशाल बुद्धि की मुबारक भी है और होली की भी अर्थात् सेकण्ड में हो ली , बिन्दी लगाने वाले बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत याद-प्यार , कोने-कोने के बच्चों को बापदादा विशेष याद-प्यार दे रहे हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv holiest ātmāō̃ kō , sadā nirmāṇ ban nirmāṇ karnē vālē bāpdādā kē|K samīp ātmāō̃ kō , sadā apnē purūṣhārth kī|key vidhi kō fast , tīvr kar sampann bannē vālē snēhī ātmāō̃ kō , sadā apnē bachat kā khātā baṛhānē vālē tīvr puruṣhārthī , tīvr buddhi vālē bachchō̃ kō viśhāl buddhi kī|key mubārak bhī hai aur hōlī|holy kī|key bhī arthāt second mē̃ hō lī , bindī lagānē vālē bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut yād-pyār , kōnē-kōnē kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh yād-pyār dē rahē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] holiest[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] fast , tīvr[adj.] karnā[root] sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] , tīvr[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhāl[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] arthāt second mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) all holiest soul to , constantly creation (become[root]|x) creation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who BapDada (of|K) close soul to , constantly one’s own effort (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) method to fast , intense do[root] full become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who loving soul to , constantly one’s own x of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who intense effort-maker , intense intellect those who child to broad and unlimited intellect (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations too be[pres.sg.23] and (Holi|holy) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too that is second in be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to very love, remembrance , corner (of|K) child to BapDada special love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

500To all the holiest souls in all four directions; to those who are constantly humble and carry out renewal; to the souls who are close to BapDada; to the loving souls who make their method of effort constantly fast, intense and complete; to the intense effort­makers who constantly accumulate in their account of savings; to the children with a sharp intellect, congratulations for a broad intellect, and for Ho li, that is, for making the past the past in a second, lots and lots of love and remembrance to the children who apply a fullstop. 501BapDada is giving special love and remembrance to the children in every corner.

402आपके पोतामेल भी मिले हैं , याद-प्यार के पत्र भी मिले हैं , कार्ड भी मिले हैं और दिल के संकल्प भी पहुँचे हैं , दिल की रूहरूहान भी पहुँची है , उन सबके रिटर्न में बापदादा पदमगुणा याद - प्यार दे रहे हैं . āpkē pōtāmēl bhī milē haĩ , yād-pyār kē|K patra bhī milē haĩ , card bhī milē haĩ aur dil kē|K saṅkalp bhī pahũchē haĩ , dil kī|key rūharūhān bhī pahũchī hai , un sabkē return mē̃ bāpdādā padamguṇā yād - pyār dē rahē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , card bhī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] return mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] - pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . you[.kē] account(s) too receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , love, remembrance (of|K) x too receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , card too receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and heart (of|K) thought too reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x too reach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that everyone's return in BapDada multimillion-fold remembrance - love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

502Your accounts have been received, your letters of love and remembrance have been received, your cards have been received, and your thoughts from the heart have also arrived; your heart­to­heart conversations too have arrived. 503In return for all of those, BapDada gives multimillionfold love and remembrance.

403याद-प्यार के साथ सभी बच्चों को नमस्ते . yād-pyār kē sāth sabhī bachchō̃ kō namastē . yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . love, remembrance with all child to x .

504Together with love and remembrance, namaste to all the children.

404दादियों से बापदादा की मुलाकातdādiyō̃ sē bāpdādā kī|key mulākātdādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]Dadi from BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x

505BapDada meeting the Dadis:

405अभी भी जितना नजदीक से आप मिलते हो , उतना कौन मिलता है  ! abhī bhī jitnā najdīk sē āp miltē hō , utnā kaun miltā hai  ! ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazdīk sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! now too the more x from you receive[pres.pl.m.2] , x who receive[pres.sg.m.23]  !

506Who else meets as closely as all of you? 507(To Dadi Nirmalshanta) You are playing a good part.

406 ( निर्मलशान्ता दादी से ) अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही हो . ( nirmalśhāntā dādī sē ) achchhā part bajā rahī hō . ( nirmalśhāntā[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . ( Nirmal Shanta Dadi from ) achcha play one's part .

508You know the right method of working with matter (using the body).

407प्रकृति को चलाने का ढंग अच्छा है . prakr̥iti kō chalānē kā ḍhaṅg achchhā hai . prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . matter to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of way achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

509(Baba makes it happen.) 510And you are moving along.

408 ( बाबा चलाता है ) और आप चल रही हो . ( bābā chalātā hai ) aur āp chal rahī hō . ( bābā chalānā[pres.sg.m.23] ) aur āp[pn.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . ( Baba x[pres.sg.m.23] ) and you continue[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . 409चलाने वाला चला रहा है . chalānē vālā chalā rahā hai . chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .

511The One who is enabling you to move is moving you.

410सभी अच्छे चल रहे हैं . sabhī achchhē chal rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all achcha continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

512All of you are moving well.

411शरीर को अच्छा चलाने का ढंग आ गया है . śharīr kō achchhā chalānē kā ḍhaṅg ā gayā hai . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . body to achcha x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of way come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

513You know the good method of making your body work.

412अच्छा है , जो हो रहा है अच्छा है . achchhā hai , jō hō rahā hai achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

514It is good. 515Whatever is happening is good.

413अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

516Achcha.

414ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .

517* * * O M S H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used